air operations manual - carsonhowe.com promulgate, in accordance with reference (a). the air...
TRANSCRIPT
--shy
AIR OPERATIONS
MANUAL
bull
bull
U S NAVAL AIR STATION
LOS ALAMITOS
LONG BEACH GALIFORNIA
NAS INSTRUCTION 37104B
DISTRIBUTION LIST (Continued)
FAA SAFETY OFFICE LONG BEACH MUlICIPAL AIRPORT LONG BEACH CALIF
FAA LONG BEACH AIRPORT ~RAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LONG BEACH CALIF (~)
FAA FULLERTON AIRPOR~ TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER FULLERTON CALIF L
HQ WESTER~ AIR DEFENSE FORCE HAMILTON AFB CALIF Attn WOTN-C
FIRST AERO MEDICAL GROUP (LIGH) MATSTRAVIS AFB CALIF (2)
CG FIRST MAW ~AS EL TORO CALIF RATCC ~AS EL TORO f CALIF CO LOS AIAMITOS (46)
gg~rirIrlS AIAMITOS (40)
co VS-35 2 CO VS-37 2 CAVG-57 CO NROTC UNIT UCLA LOS ANGELES CALIF CO NROTC UNIT USC bullbull LOS ANGELES CALIF NAVAL REGIONAL AIRSPACE OFFICER LOS ANGELES CALIF
VD
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA NA16l0gh
NAS INSTRUCTION 37l04B
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Air Operations Manual U S Naval Air Station Los Alamitos Long Beach California promulgation of
Ref (a) OPNAV INSTRUCTION 371021 of 16 December 1954
1 Purpose To promulgate in accordance with reference (a) the Air Operations Manual for the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos Long Beach California which establishes rules and regulations for guidance information and complianCe of all persons concerned with the operation of aircraft andor related vehicular traffic on the field proper
2 Cancellation The Air Operations Manual NAS Los Alamitos Iatruction 37l04A of 7 Februar1 1958 and the revisions thereto are hereb1 cancelled and superseded and shall be destro1ed
3 General Thia manual has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of U S Nav1 Regulations pertinent Federal Air Regulatioa and directives issued b1 the Chief of Naval Air Training and Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training The rules and regulations set forth do not change or modif1 existing instructions issued b1 competent higher authorit1 nor do the1 relieve pilots of their reshysponsibilit1 for the use of good judgement and the observance of safet1 preshycautions
4 Administration The Operations Officer NAS Los Alamitos as direct repshyresentative of the Commanding Officer is responsible for insuring compliance with the provisions of thia manual and with all matters relating or pertaining to the control and clearance of aircraft at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
5 Revisions Changes to Instrument Approach Illustrations will be made bl the holders of this manual based on information published by the Hydrographic Office All other changes will be promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos Change Transmittal
NAS INSTRUCTION 37104B
DISTRIBUTION LIST
NAS AIAMEDA CALIF NAS CORPUS CHRISTI poundEX NAS DALlAS TEX NAS GLENVIEW ILL WlS GIXIITCO GA NAS GROSSE lLE~ MICH NAS JACKSONVILLE FIA NAS JOHNSVILLE PA NAS KEY WEST FIA NAS IAKEHURST NJ NAS MEIIlPHIS TENN NAS MltmEAPOLIS MINN NAS MIRAMAR CALIF NAS MOFFETT CALIF NAS NEW ORLEANS IA NAS NEW YORK NY NAS NORFOLK VA NAS NORTH ISIAND CALIF NAS OAKIAND CALIF NAS OCEANA VA NAS OIATHE KAN NAS PATUXEJlc RIVER MD NAS PENSACOIA FIA NAS POINT NOOU CALIF NAS QUONSET POINT RI NAS SEAiTLE WN NAS SOUTH WEYMOUTH MASS NAS WHIDBEY ISIAND WN NAS WILLOW GROVE PA HAAS CABANISS FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS CHASE FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS FALLON NEV ~ NAAS KINGSVILLE TEX NAAS MAYPOR1 FIA HAAS NEW IB~RIA IA llAAS REAM FIELD CALIF NAAS SAUFLEY FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAAS WHITING FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAF LIcCHFIELD PARK ARIZ ALF ELCENTRO CALIF KAS CHElllcr POINT NC KAS EL TORO CALIF rtAS QUAN1ICO VA MeAl CAIIlP PENDElIION CALIF HQ FOURcH AF HAMIlIION AFB CALIF CO MARCi AFB CALIF COMMANDER ELEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT
LONG BEACH CALIF COMMANDER TWELFTH COASt GUARD DISTRICT
SAN FRANCISCO CALIf COMMANDER US COAST GUARD AIR S1ATION
SAN DIEGO CALIF lt
AIR OPERATIONS MANUAL
RECORD OF CRANGES
INSERtED BYCRANGE NO RANKRATE i
DATE
i
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
TABLE OF CONTnTS
I GEJ1ERAL INFORMATIOX
I CLEARANCE OF AIRCRAFT
II COURSE RULES
IV AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
V TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
VI ILLUSTRATIONS
VI AIRCRAFT CRASH amp RESCUE
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION
103 FIEIIgt I
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317
HANGAR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
LOCATION NAS AIAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL RUNWAY DATA PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA FIEIIgt ELEVATION CONTROL OWER OPERATIONS OFFICERS WIND INDICAlORS EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR MIRROR IANDING SYSTEM COMPASS ROSE AIRCRAFl STOWAGE AND PARKING AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINlENANCE METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES FLIGHT PIANNING AND CLEARANCE FLIGHl RATIONS
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES
105 HOURS OF OPERATIONS
106 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS INSTRUCTION 37104B
DISTRIBUTION LIST (Continued)
FAA SAFETY OFFICE LONG BEACH MUlICIPAL AIRPORT LONG BEACH CALIF
FAA LONG BEACH AIRPORT ~RAFFIC CONTROL TOWER LONG BEACH CALIF (~)
FAA FULLERTON AIRPOR~ TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER FULLERTON CALIF L
HQ WESTER~ AIR DEFENSE FORCE HAMILTON AFB CALIF Attn WOTN-C
FIRST AERO MEDICAL GROUP (LIGH) MATSTRAVIS AFB CALIF (2)
CG FIRST MAW ~AS EL TORO CALIF RATCC ~AS EL TORO f CALIF CO LOS AIAMITOS (46)
gg~rirIrlS AIAMITOS (40)
co VS-35 2 CO VS-37 2 CAVG-57 CO NROTC UNIT UCLA LOS ANGELES CALIF CO NROTC UNIT USC bullbull LOS ANGELES CALIF NAVAL REGIONAL AIRSPACE OFFICER LOS ANGELES CALIF
VD
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA NA16l0gh
NAS INSTRUCTION 37l04B
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Air Operations Manual U S Naval Air Station Los Alamitos Long Beach California promulgation of
Ref (a) OPNAV INSTRUCTION 371021 of 16 December 1954
1 Purpose To promulgate in accordance with reference (a) the Air Operations Manual for the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos Long Beach California which establishes rules and regulations for guidance information and complianCe of all persons concerned with the operation of aircraft andor related vehicular traffic on the field proper
2 Cancellation The Air Operations Manual NAS Los Alamitos Iatruction 37l04A of 7 Februar1 1958 and the revisions thereto are hereb1 cancelled and superseded and shall be destro1ed
3 General Thia manual has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of U S Nav1 Regulations pertinent Federal Air Regulatioa and directives issued b1 the Chief of Naval Air Training and Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training The rules and regulations set forth do not change or modif1 existing instructions issued b1 competent higher authorit1 nor do the1 relieve pilots of their reshysponsibilit1 for the use of good judgement and the observance of safet1 preshycautions
4 Administration The Operations Officer NAS Los Alamitos as direct repshyresentative of the Commanding Officer is responsible for insuring compliance with the provisions of thia manual and with all matters relating or pertaining to the control and clearance of aircraft at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
5 Revisions Changes to Instrument Approach Illustrations will be made bl the holders of this manual based on information published by the Hydrographic Office All other changes will be promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos Change Transmittal
NAS INSTRUCTION 37104B
DISTRIBUTION LIST
NAS AIAMEDA CALIF NAS CORPUS CHRISTI poundEX NAS DALlAS TEX NAS GLENVIEW ILL WlS GIXIITCO GA NAS GROSSE lLE~ MICH NAS JACKSONVILLE FIA NAS JOHNSVILLE PA NAS KEY WEST FIA NAS IAKEHURST NJ NAS MEIIlPHIS TENN NAS MltmEAPOLIS MINN NAS MIRAMAR CALIF NAS MOFFETT CALIF NAS NEW ORLEANS IA NAS NEW YORK NY NAS NORFOLK VA NAS NORTH ISIAND CALIF NAS OAKIAND CALIF NAS OCEANA VA NAS OIATHE KAN NAS PATUXEJlc RIVER MD NAS PENSACOIA FIA NAS POINT NOOU CALIF NAS QUONSET POINT RI NAS SEAiTLE WN NAS SOUTH WEYMOUTH MASS NAS WHIDBEY ISIAND WN NAS WILLOW GROVE PA HAAS CABANISS FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS CHASE FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS FALLON NEV ~ NAAS KINGSVILLE TEX NAAS MAYPOR1 FIA HAAS NEW IB~RIA IA llAAS REAM FIELD CALIF NAAS SAUFLEY FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAAS WHITING FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAF LIcCHFIELD PARK ARIZ ALF ELCENTRO CALIF KAS CHElllcr POINT NC KAS EL TORO CALIF rtAS QUAN1ICO VA MeAl CAIIlP PENDElIION CALIF HQ FOURcH AF HAMIlIION AFB CALIF CO MARCi AFB CALIF COMMANDER ELEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT
LONG BEACH CALIF COMMANDER TWELFTH COASt GUARD DISTRICT
SAN FRANCISCO CALIf COMMANDER US COAST GUARD AIR S1ATION
SAN DIEGO CALIF lt
AIR OPERATIONS MANUAL
RECORD OF CRANGES
INSERtED BYCRANGE NO RANKRATE i
DATE
i
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
TABLE OF CONTnTS
I GEJ1ERAL INFORMATIOX
I CLEARANCE OF AIRCRAFT
II COURSE RULES
IV AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
V TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
VI ILLUSTRATIONS
VI AIRCRAFT CRASH amp RESCUE
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION
103 FIEIIgt I
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317
HANGAR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
LOCATION NAS AIAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL RUNWAY DATA PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA FIEIIgt ELEVATION CONTROL OWER OPERATIONS OFFICERS WIND INDICAlORS EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR MIRROR IANDING SYSTEM COMPASS ROSE AIRCRAFl STOWAGE AND PARKING AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINlENANCE METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES FLIGHT PIANNING AND CLEARANCE FLIGHl RATIONS
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES
105 HOURS OF OPERATIONS
106 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
VD
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA NA16l0gh
NAS INSTRUCTION 37l04B
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Air Operations Manual U S Naval Air Station Los Alamitos Long Beach California promulgation of
Ref (a) OPNAV INSTRUCTION 371021 of 16 December 1954
1 Purpose To promulgate in accordance with reference (a) the Air Operations Manual for the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos Long Beach California which establishes rules and regulations for guidance information and complianCe of all persons concerned with the operation of aircraft andor related vehicular traffic on the field proper
2 Cancellation The Air Operations Manual NAS Los Alamitos Iatruction 37l04A of 7 Februar1 1958 and the revisions thereto are hereb1 cancelled and superseded and shall be destro1ed
3 General Thia manual has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of U S Nav1 Regulations pertinent Federal Air Regulatioa and directives issued b1 the Chief of Naval Air Training and Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training The rules and regulations set forth do not change or modif1 existing instructions issued b1 competent higher authorit1 nor do the1 relieve pilots of their reshysponsibilit1 for the use of good judgement and the observance of safet1 preshycautions
4 Administration The Operations Officer NAS Los Alamitos as direct repshyresentative of the Commanding Officer is responsible for insuring compliance with the provisions of thia manual and with all matters relating or pertaining to the control and clearance of aircraft at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
5 Revisions Changes to Instrument Approach Illustrations will be made bl the holders of this manual based on information published by the Hydrographic Office All other changes will be promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos Change Transmittal
NAS INSTRUCTION 37104B
DISTRIBUTION LIST
NAS AIAMEDA CALIF NAS CORPUS CHRISTI poundEX NAS DALlAS TEX NAS GLENVIEW ILL WlS GIXIITCO GA NAS GROSSE lLE~ MICH NAS JACKSONVILLE FIA NAS JOHNSVILLE PA NAS KEY WEST FIA NAS IAKEHURST NJ NAS MEIIlPHIS TENN NAS MltmEAPOLIS MINN NAS MIRAMAR CALIF NAS MOFFETT CALIF NAS NEW ORLEANS IA NAS NEW YORK NY NAS NORFOLK VA NAS NORTH ISIAND CALIF NAS OAKIAND CALIF NAS OCEANA VA NAS OIATHE KAN NAS PATUXEJlc RIVER MD NAS PENSACOIA FIA NAS POINT NOOU CALIF NAS QUONSET POINT RI NAS SEAiTLE WN NAS SOUTH WEYMOUTH MASS NAS WHIDBEY ISIAND WN NAS WILLOW GROVE PA HAAS CABANISS FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS CHASE FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS FALLON NEV ~ NAAS KINGSVILLE TEX NAAS MAYPOR1 FIA HAAS NEW IB~RIA IA llAAS REAM FIELD CALIF NAAS SAUFLEY FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAAS WHITING FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAF LIcCHFIELD PARK ARIZ ALF ELCENTRO CALIF KAS CHElllcr POINT NC KAS EL TORO CALIF rtAS QUAN1ICO VA MeAl CAIIlP PENDElIION CALIF HQ FOURcH AF HAMIlIION AFB CALIF CO MARCi AFB CALIF COMMANDER ELEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT
LONG BEACH CALIF COMMANDER TWELFTH COASt GUARD DISTRICT
SAN FRANCISCO CALIf COMMANDER US COAST GUARD AIR S1ATION
SAN DIEGO CALIF lt
AIR OPERATIONS MANUAL
RECORD OF CRANGES
INSERtED BYCRANGE NO RANKRATE i
DATE
i
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
TABLE OF CONTnTS
I GEJ1ERAL INFORMATIOX
I CLEARANCE OF AIRCRAFT
II COURSE RULES
IV AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
V TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
VI ILLUSTRATIONS
VI AIRCRAFT CRASH amp RESCUE
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION
103 FIEIIgt I
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317
HANGAR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
LOCATION NAS AIAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL RUNWAY DATA PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA FIEIIgt ELEVATION CONTROL OWER OPERATIONS OFFICERS WIND INDICAlORS EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR MIRROR IANDING SYSTEM COMPASS ROSE AIRCRAFl STOWAGE AND PARKING AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINlENANCE METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES FLIGHT PIANNING AND CLEARANCE FLIGHl RATIONS
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES
105 HOURS OF OPERATIONS
106 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS INSTRUCTION 37104B
DISTRIBUTION LIST
NAS AIAMEDA CALIF NAS CORPUS CHRISTI poundEX NAS DALlAS TEX NAS GLENVIEW ILL WlS GIXIITCO GA NAS GROSSE lLE~ MICH NAS JACKSONVILLE FIA NAS JOHNSVILLE PA NAS KEY WEST FIA NAS IAKEHURST NJ NAS MEIIlPHIS TENN NAS MltmEAPOLIS MINN NAS MIRAMAR CALIF NAS MOFFETT CALIF NAS NEW ORLEANS IA NAS NEW YORK NY NAS NORFOLK VA NAS NORTH ISIAND CALIF NAS OAKIAND CALIF NAS OCEANA VA NAS OIATHE KAN NAS PATUXEJlc RIVER MD NAS PENSACOIA FIA NAS POINT NOOU CALIF NAS QUONSET POINT RI NAS SEAiTLE WN NAS SOUTH WEYMOUTH MASS NAS WHIDBEY ISIAND WN NAS WILLOW GROVE PA HAAS CABANISS FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS CHASE FIELD CORPUS CHRISTI TEX NAAS FALLON NEV ~ NAAS KINGSVILLE TEX NAAS MAYPOR1 FIA HAAS NEW IB~RIA IA llAAS REAM FIELD CALIF NAAS SAUFLEY FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAAS WHITING FIELD PENSACOIA FIA NAF LIcCHFIELD PARK ARIZ ALF ELCENTRO CALIF KAS CHElllcr POINT NC KAS EL TORO CALIF rtAS QUAN1ICO VA MeAl CAIIlP PENDElIION CALIF HQ FOURcH AF HAMIlIION AFB CALIF CO MARCi AFB CALIF COMMANDER ELEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT
LONG BEACH CALIF COMMANDER TWELFTH COASt GUARD DISTRICT
SAN FRANCISCO CALIf COMMANDER US COAST GUARD AIR S1ATION
SAN DIEGO CALIF lt
AIR OPERATIONS MANUAL
RECORD OF CRANGES
INSERtED BYCRANGE NO RANKRATE i
DATE
i
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
TABLE OF CONTnTS
I GEJ1ERAL INFORMATIOX
I CLEARANCE OF AIRCRAFT
II COURSE RULES
IV AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
V TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
VI ILLUSTRATIONS
VI AIRCRAFT CRASH amp RESCUE
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION
103 FIEIIgt I
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317
HANGAR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
LOCATION NAS AIAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL RUNWAY DATA PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA FIEIIgt ELEVATION CONTROL OWER OPERATIONS OFFICERS WIND INDICAlORS EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR MIRROR IANDING SYSTEM COMPASS ROSE AIRCRAFl STOWAGE AND PARKING AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINlENANCE METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES FLIGHT PIANNING AND CLEARANCE FLIGHl RATIONS
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES
105 HOURS OF OPERATIONS
106 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
AIR OPERATIONS MANUAL
RECORD OF CRANGES
INSERtED BYCRANGE NO RANKRATE i
DATE
i
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
TABLE OF CONTnTS
I GEJ1ERAL INFORMATIOX
I CLEARANCE OF AIRCRAFT
II COURSE RULES
IV AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
V TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
VI ILLUSTRATIONS
VI AIRCRAFT CRASH amp RESCUE
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION
103 FIEIIgt I
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317
HANGAR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
LOCATION NAS AIAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL RUNWAY DATA PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA FIEIIgt ELEVATION CONTROL OWER OPERATIONS OFFICERS WIND INDICAlORS EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR MIRROR IANDING SYSTEM COMPASS ROSE AIRCRAFl STOWAGE AND PARKING AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINlENANCE METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES FLIGHT PIANNING AND CLEARANCE FLIGHl RATIONS
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES
105 HOURS OF OPERATIONS
106 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
TABLE OF CONTnTS
I GEJ1ERAL INFORMATIOX
I CLEARANCE OF AIRCRAFT
II COURSE RULES
IV AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
V TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
VI ILLUSTRATIONS
VI AIRCRAFT CRASH amp RESCUE
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION
103 FIEIIgt I
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317
HANGAR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
LOCATION NAS AIAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL RUNWAY DATA PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA FIEIIgt ELEVATION CONTROL OWER OPERATIONS OFFICERS WIND INDICAlORS EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR MIRROR IANDING SYSTEM COMPASS ROSE AIRCRAFl STOWAGE AND PARKING AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINlENANCE METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES FLIGHT PIANNING AND CLEARANCE FLIGHl RATIONS
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES
105 HOURS OF OPERATIONS
106 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION
103 FIEIIgt I
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 10310 10311 10312 10313 10314 10315 10316 10317
HANGAR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
LOCATION NAS AIAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL RUNWAY DATA PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA FIEIIgt ELEVATION CONTROL OWER OPERATIONS OFFICERS WIND INDICAlORS EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR MIRROR IANDING SYSTEM COMPASS ROSE AIRCRAFl STOWAGE AND PARKING AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINlENANCE METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES FLIGHT PIANNING AND CLEARANCE FLIGHl RATIONS
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES
105 HOURS OF OPERATIONS
106 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
101 GENERAL PRUDENTIAL RULES The regulations set forth herein are compiled in accordshy
ance with current directives from hig~er authority and issued to promote the safe orderly and expeditious movement of air traffic at Naval Air Station Los Alamitos and within its designted conshytrol zone These regulations are not intended to cover every contshyingency which may arise or every rule of safety or good practice nor should they be interpreted to supplant or modify existinginstructions issued by higher authority Current OPNAV Instrucshytions pertinent Navy Department directives Pederal Air Regulashytions and applicable joint a~eements with the Los Angeles Air Route Traffic Control Center (LA-ARTC) and the Long Beach Tower form the basiS for air operations within the close network of airways bordering Los Angeles International Airport Long Beach Munioipal Airport US Marine Corps Air Station El Toro FUllshyerton Airport Marine Corps Air Facility Santa Ana Orange County Airport and the Naval Air Station Los Alamitos It is thereshyfore incumbent on all pilots to exercise constant vigilance to avoid colliSions in this area of high density traffic to abide scrupulously with the provisions of this manual and to maintain a full and current knowledge of the fundamental basiS for these regulations It is conSidered that only emergency conditions pre~ clude strict adherence to these regulations and any deviation from these procedures will be based on sound judgement and good airshymanship
102 AIRCRAFT NOISE REDUCTION Popular concern over aircraft noise has become an increasshy
ingly serious public relations problem to the US Navy and other Defense Department agencies The densely populated areas adjacent to NAS Los Alamitos require that this activity exert a perSistenteffort to effectively implement the noise abatement program Accshyordingly every pilot i~ enjoinedtoexercise utmost caution in the conduct of flight over congested areas Power changes maneushyvers andor flight levels which may create a nuisance factor through the reSUltant noise at ground level even though not specifically constituting flight violation are to be avoided whenshyever possible
103 PlEWa HANGER AND SERVICE PACILITIES 1031 LOCATION The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is
located five (5) miles East-Southeast (ESE) of the Long Beach MUnicipal Airpbrt The geograp~lcal coordinates are as follovs
latitude 33 41 30 North Longi tude 1180 03 42 West
The landing field bears fif~ (050) degrees magnetic distance one point seven (11) nautical miles from the Long Beach Low FrequencyRadio Range station The Long Beach VORTAC a combination VHF Omni Directional Range and URP pulse type Omni Range with distance measuring equipment is locted on the field proper (refer plates 1 amp 8)
-1shy
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
1032 LOS ALAMITOS TOWER CONTROL ZONE In general the airspace within a radius of five ( 5) miles of the colorol tower extending from the surface Up to and including 3000 feet ~onatltuteamp tLe Los Alamitos Tover Control Zone
1033 ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos its runways and associated facilities are under the administrative and operational control of the Chief of Naval Air Reserve Training and are jointly used by the Naval Air Reserve Marine Air Reserve and such Fleet squadrons as may be ass~gned
1034 RUNWAY DATA The landing area consists of two (2) parallel runways constructed of concrete and macadam described as follows
Runway Length Width Direction 4L - 22R 5900 feet 150 feet Northeast-Southwest 4R - 22L 8000 feet 200 feet Northeast-Southwest
The wheel load capacities of the runway are as follows Runway Wheel Load Capacities Tire Pressure 4L - 22R 50000 pounds 150 PSI 4R - 22L 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1035 PARKING AREA AND TAXIWAY DATA All taxiways are seventy-five (751 feet wide The load capacities of the parking area and all vaxiways are as follows
Surface Deslgna~10n Wheel load capacity f re Pressure Parking Area 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 1 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 2 15000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 3 NE-SW Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
E - W Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 4 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 5 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 6 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 7 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 8 50000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 9 35000 pounds 150 PSI Taxiway 10 N - S Section 35000 pounds 150 PSI
NW-SE Section 50000 pounds 150 PSI
1036 FIELD ELEVATION The elevation of NAS Los Alamitos is thirty-five 35J feet above Mean Sea Level (MSL)
1037 CONTROL TOWER The control tower is located on top of the main hangar (Building 1) on the North side of the field
1038 OPEBAILaNS ORFICERS The Operations Officers Weather Services Flight Clearance and associated spaees are located directly below the control tower on the first deck of the main hangar building
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
1039 WIND INDICATORS A free swinging tetrahedron is located between runway 22L and the approach end of runway 22R The tetrahedron is lighted between sunset and sunrise Small nonshylighted wind socks for utilization by rotary-wing aircraft are located at the Helicopter Line west of the control tower and at the Southwest end of abondoned runway 16 (closed)
10310 EMERGENCY ARRESTING GEAR A combination Pendant (Type E-5) and Runway Overrun Barrier (Type MA-lA) arresting gearis installed on trle overrun of runway 22L ten (10) feet beyondthe threshold lights (refer to plate 4) The chain arresting gearis kept in the armed status ready for immediate use during all flightoperations on Runway 22L the barrier can be raised into pOSitionwithin fifteen (15) seoonds via remote control from the tower
10311 MIRROR LANDING SYSTEM A permanent type mirror landshying system is installed on the port side of runway 22L 750 feet from the approach end and set for a three (3) degree glide angleThe use of this facility is available only as an aid to landingusing the normal approach pattern II1rror Landing Practice and its attendant type pattern is not authorized at this station Lightsfor the mirror will be turned on for landing of all jet aircraft and upon request to the tower for conventional type aircraft
10312 COMPASS ROSE A ons I) turntable compass rose is located near the West bO~ldary of the field on the NorthSouthtaxiway (taxiway ~) U5e of the compagt8 rose 15 arrsnged through the control tower
10313 AIRCRAFT STOWAGE AND PARKING TranSient Prop aircraft will normally be parked 1n the deSignated parking area located between taxiway 9 and 10 (refer plate 3 or 4)Transient Jet aircraft will normally be parked on the West ramp (refer plate 3 or 4) Temporary park1ng of tranSient a1rcraft on the ramp in front of operations may be arranged by the Operashytions Duty Officer Hangar space is limited and is not available to transient aircraft except in unusual ciroumstances
10314 AIRCRAFT SERVICE A~lD MAINTENANCE Routine mainshytenance and repair may be requested through the tranSient lins shack or the Aircraft Maintenance Officer Servicing delays are to be expected on week-snda The following is available
1 Aircraft repair and maintenance Class C 2 Aviation Fuel grade 1151453 Jet Fuel JP-4o 4 Aviation Lube Oil 1100 5 High pressure low pressure and liquid oxygen
andor replacement bottles 6 Jet Aircraft starting units (Electric NC-5 and
ACT-85-24-1) bull
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
10315 METEORLOGICAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES The weather office is oca ed ad acen to the opera ions spaces in the main hangar (Building 1 Class n aerological services inoluding teletype oirouits A and C a faosimile reoeiver and a qualified foreoaster are avlaquoaable twenty-four (24) hours daily Current allowanoes for aerological personnel however are insufficient to support operations signitioantly above those normally generated by assigned units Vertioal cross sections for oross-oountry flights are prepared on two (2) hour notioe Current upper air soundings and winds aloft oharts are on displayfor use in jet operations Surfaoe observations are recorded and transmitted hourly
10316 FLIGHT PLANNING AND CLEARANCE A flight planning room is provided in the operations spaoes where current air navshyigations charts publications NOTAMS and assooiated materials are available Flight clearanoe servioes are normally available from 0800 to 2000 daily except Thursday and Saturday when service is provided until 2200 Servioe at other than the foregoingperiods will be provided on request
10317 FLIGHT RATIONS Box lunohes are available duringnormal working hours witb two (2) hour prior notioe All requestsother than those from Fleet Units based aboamprd~ will be ordered through the Operations Duty Officer (see 5012)
104 LIGHTING FACILITIES L
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES Lighting facilities are available as follows
1 The two (2) parallel runways are lighted in acoordanoe with Navy Air Foroe and FAA standards Runway 22Lshy4R (Instrument runway) is equipped with variable five (5) positionhigh intensity lights Runway 22R-4L is equipped with medium intensity single position lights
2 Standard Navy lighted runway distanoe markers are installed on runway 22L-4R
3 All taxiways are lighted in aooordance with the standard Navy system
4 The main hangar is equipped with ramp flood lights located on the East South and West sides
5 Standard red obstructions lights are installed on all hazards located within the traffic pattern A detailed list of all local obstructiomis provided in Chapter III of this manual
6 A free swinging tetrahedron located between runway 22L and the approaoh end of runway 22R is lighted beshytween sunset and sunrise
7 A mobile flood light truck is available on fifteen (15) minutes notioe
8 A flashing amber light located on top of the oontrol tower is in operation whenever right hand traffic is in effect
-4shy
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
1041 LIGHTING FACILITIES (Continued)9 A rotating airport beacon showing a doubleshy
peaked white flash alternating with a single-peaked green flash is located on top of the control tower The beacon is in operashytion during daylight hours when the local weather is below VFR minimums and from sunset to sunrise All runway taxiway and obstruction lights are controlled by the tower
10 Standard Navy Parallel Rowand Crossbar (High Intensity) Approach Lishts installed in the approach zone for runway 22L (see plate 4) are available during instrument weather conditions andor upon pilots request The five (5)pOSitiOn lights are normally set at medium intensity other brilliancy settings are available upon request to the control tower
105 HOURS OF OBERATION -r y
1051 HOURS OF OPERATION NAS Los Alamitos is openfor flight operations from 0800 to 2000 daily except on Thursdayand Saturday when services are provided until 2200 local time All support activities including the control tower Flight Clearshyance Meteorlogieal Service charts and hydrographic materials and necessary line support will be provided at other times uponprior notice or for emergenciea by alerting the control tower personnel through airborne contact with Flight Service or LongBeach Approach Control
106 VEHICUlAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC
1061 VEHICUIAR AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC Vehicular and pedestrian traffic on the landing field area shall be governedby the following
1 No vehicles shall be driven onto a runwayunless permiSSion has been granted by the Operations Officer or his authorized representative
2 Drivers of vehicles shall obtain clearance from the control tower by radio or light signals prior to crossshying any runway
3 Vehicles authorized to operate regularly on the field shall be appropriately painted and marked Other vehicles authorized for special operation on the field will carry an international orange and white checkered flag
4 Personnel not officially connected with the handling or servicing of aircraft are prohibited from walking on any portion of the runways taxiways or ramps
-5shy
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS 2011 LOCAL FLIGHT 2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT 2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT 2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT
202 AUrHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS 202 1 FLIGHT SCHEDULES 2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS 2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS 2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS 2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGULAR AIRLIFTS ADMINshy
ISTRATIVE FLIGHTS AND FERRY FLIGHTS 2027 FLEETAIRCRAFpound 2028 TRANSIENC AIRCRAFT
203 FLIGHpound PLANNING REQUIREMENTS 2031 NAVAL AND MARINE PILOTS 2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMAND PILOTS 2033 NARESTRACOM PILOTS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS 2041 CLEARING AUTHORILY 2042 PILOTS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2043 IFR AND POI~r-TO-POI~r FLIGHTS 2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS 2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS 2046 OPERATIONAL CLEARANCES
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGERS 2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY 2052 IDENTIFICATION 2053 MILIrARY PASSENGERS 2054 CIVILIAN PASSENGERS 2055 SECURITY 2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 2057 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING 2058 CREW AND PASSENGER LISTS 2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLYING AREA 2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION 2062 SECTORS
207 VFR-WEATHER MINIMUMS
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPTER II
CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
201 DEFINITION OF FLIGHTS
2011 LOCAL FLIGHT A local flight is one that is conducted entirely within the local flying area (see plate 1)and in which no landing is made other than at NAS Los Alamitos
2012 EXTENDED FLIGHT An extended flight is one which ~roceeds beyond the local area but not more than twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos or any flight except a protracted flight which originates at NAS Los Alamitos with the intention of landing at another field
2013 PROTRACTED FLIGHT A protracted flight is one which proceeds moretbin twelve hundred (1200) nautical miles from NAS Los Alamitos and terminates within the limits of the continental United States
2014 OVERSEAS FLIGHT An overseas flight is one which terminates outSide the limits of the continental United States
202 AUlHORIZATION FOR FLIGHTS
2021 FLIGHT SCHEDULES Normal flight operations for NAS Los Alamitos Organized Naval Air Reserve Units OrganizedMarine Air Reserve Units such Fleet Squadrons or detachments as may be based aboard and all other pilots flying station aircraft will be authorized through the promulgation of daily fli~ht schedules over the signature of the appropriate authorizing off~ icer as delineated in paragraph 2022
2022 LOCAL FLIGHTS All local flights utilizingstation aircraft scheduled or unScheduled must be authorized by the Training Officer Flight Training Officer ASSistant Flight Training Officer or Operations Duty Officer Local flightsfor Marine personnel must be authorized by the Commanding Officer Executive Officer or Operations Officer of the Marine Air Reserve Training Detachment
2023 EXTENDED FLIGHTS Extended flights including two (2) ROVnites may be authorized for station detached duty and Organized Naval Reserve pilots by the Flight Training Officer In the case of Marine personnel the Commanding Officer and Exshyecutive Officer MARTD may authorize such flights Extended flight involving more tnan two (2) ROVnites must be authorized by the Commanding Officer for Naval personnel ot the CommandingOfficer MARTD for Marine personnel
2024 PROTRACTED FLIGHTS Protracted flights may onlybe authorized by the Commanding Offieer Naval Air Station Los Alamitos
-6shy
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
2025 OVERSEAS FLIGHTS Requests for overseas flightsin NAS Los Alamitos tircrart shall be submitted to CNARESTRA for approval via the Commanding Officer
2026 NARESTRACOM AIRLIFTS REGUIAR AIRLIFTS ADMINISTRATIVE FtIGlfS ANyen FERH FIiiHTS che
Operations Officer is empowered to a~thor ze a~ N ~RACO~ airshylifts regular airlifts ampdministrative and ferry flights The Operations Officer has the responsibility and authority for asshysignment of pilots for these flights
2027 FLEEr AIRCRAFT The Commampnding Officer Officershyin-Charge or Senior Naval Aviator present of each detachment of each unit detachment or squadron based aboard authorizes flightsinvolving the aircraft over which he exercises Oper~tionampl conshy~rol
2028 TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT Flight departures VFR or IFR involving transientamplrcratt~are conSidered as dulyauthshyorized by the activity to which the pilot is attached
203 FLIGHT P~NNING REQUIREMENTS
2031 NAVAL AND MARnE PILOTS All Naval and Marine pilots requesting clearance must present evidence that adequatepre-flight planning has been accomplished to insure a safe and properly conducted flight
2032 NAVAL AIR TRAINING COMMA-lID PILOTS All pilotsattached to the Naval Air Reserve training Command must presentfor inspection a completed flight plan and log form on flights extending beyond the local flying area ~I outlined on plate 1 of this manual Flight logs are as follows
Single engine propellerjet CNAlRA GEN 37601Multi-engine propeller CNApoundRA GEN 37602
2033 NARESTRACOM PILOUS FLYING CROSS COUNTRY All pilots flying NA1msrRACoM aircraft attached to NAS Los Alamitos must present a completed CHARESiRA GEN 37101 (Authority for Clearance) if the flight is to proceed beyond the local operashyting area Pilots filing to airfields in the local operating area must present completed form NAS PAJ 37001 (rev 6-60) inshydicating destination
204 CLEARANCE OF FLIGHTS
2041 CLEAIUNG AUTHORIfY Xhe Commanding Officer is the clearing authority for NAS LOs Alamitos lhe OperationsOfficer ASSistant Operations Officer and Operations Duty Officer are delegated the authority and responsibility to act as clearshyampnce Officer for all flights departing NAS Los Alamitos Clearshyance may be withheld if any question exists as to the pilotsability condition of the aircraft weather conditions or anyother circumstance considered to be of a hazardous nature
-7shy
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
2042 PILOFS EXERCISING OWN CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A pilot possessing hisown clearance authority who elects to exshyercise this authority against the advice of the Clearance Offshyicer of NAS Los Alamitos will be required to Sign a form This form states that he has been briefed on all enroute desshytinations and alternate weather and that he understands he is making the flight contrary to ~he advice of the Clearance Authshyority of NAS Los Alamitos Long Beach California Further he must state in writing the urgency of the flight
2043 IFR AND POINT-TO-POINT FLIGBlS All instrument and point-to-point flight clearances shall be filed at the clearshyance desk on a properly completed DD 175 by the pilot of each aircraft or the flight leader of each group flight along with other completed forms as specified elsewhere in this chapterUpon prior arrangement with the Operations Officer CommandingOfficers of Fleet Units based aboard may authorize IFRVFR on top local flights to be cleared from the Units daily flightschedule providing the aircraft call sign is on file with opshyerations prior to departure
2044 LOCAL FLIGHTS1 LOcal flights shall be conducted in the local
flying area under VFR and VFR on Top conditions only Local flights when listed on an approved flight schedule may be filed by telephone with NAB Los Alamitos Operations Flight Desk Fhe Operations Duty Officer will be kept advised by all operatingunits of any changes in their respective schedules Local and test flights by tranSient aircraft shall be cleared in personwith the Operations Duty Officer
2 For all local flights appearing on dailyflight schedules or filed by the respective duty officer it shall be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer of the squadron or unit concerned or the officer approving the flightSchedule to insure
a That the pilots have been properly briefed on existing and anticipated weather as NAS Los Alam1tos in the local flying area and along the intended flight route
b Fhat no landing will be lilade at other than NAB Los Alamitos except in an emergency
c That weight and balance requirements have been fulfilled in accordance with existing directives
d That the pilots are currently qualified in type aircraft and for the mission intended
e That the pilots have been briefed on all pertinent features of this manual
f In case of Jet aircraft that the pilotrecords on the aircraft assignment release (NAS PAF 3700-l-REV 6-60) the computed take off distance and the computed minimum acceptable airspeed for a 3000 feet take off roll
g In the case of helicopters that the Weightand balanee is computed for each flight and recorded on form
~ (NAS PAT 3700-1 REV 6-60) or is on file in operations-8shy
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
3 Pilots of NAS Los Alamitos aircraft may file local VFR flight plans vith the Operations Clearance Desk bysubmitting in person or by telephone the folloving item of information
a Aircraft bureau number andor modex or side number
b Type aircraft c Pilotsname rankrate and unit to vhich
attached d ETD ETA and local area sectgr( s) in sequence
in vhich operations vill be conducted - shy4 Pilots on local flights will make pOSition reports
to the nearest military or FAA radio facility at each hour inshyterval vhen flights exceed tvo (2) hours
2045 HOSPITAL (AIREVAC) FLIGHTS Military Air Transshyportation Service Hospital Evacuation Flights do not require a flight plan vhen departing from an intermediate or scheduled base stop vhich has been entered on the aircraft clearance form DD 175 filed at the baSe of origin provided that
1 The stop at any intermediate or scheauled base is no longer than one (1) hour
2 There is no change in crev or passengers other than the AIREVAC
3 A list of all occupants is left with the Op~rashytions Duty Officer when a change is made Such flights vill be escorted during arrival and departure by a fire truck A properly manned ambulancevill stand by at operashytions vhile the aircraft is on the ground
2046 OPERATIClNAL CLEARANCES Operational clearances for CNARESTRA controlled aircraft viII be authorized by the Commanding Of~icer only in the event of special exercises conshySidered essential to defense or emergency miSSions Fleet airshycraft based at NAS Los Alamitos may operate under operationalclearanceS providing an offical Fleet Air Detachment instruction baSed on effective COMNAVAIRPAC policy designating clearance authority is on file vith the NAS Los Alamitos Operations Officer Operational flight clearances shall be filed on the standard airshycraft clearance form (DD 175) and delivered to the NAS OperationsDuty Officer for coordination vith the local ~ agency Departshyure and climb out instructions vill be issued by radio from Navy Alamitos Tover
205 CLEARANCE OF PASSENGEM
2051 CLEARANCE AUTHORITY A passenger is an indivdshyual in an aircraft vhO is not a member of the assigned crev All passengers departing NAS Los Alamitos in military aircraft will be released for flight by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative in accordance with current OPNAV and other pertinent directives rhis clearance authority vill be administered at the Operations Clearance Desk
-9shy
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
2052 IDEH~IFICAIO Proper and adequate identificashytion lm1at be turnillhod by all pereonnel both 1I11itary and civshyl1iaQ
2053 IIILIURY PASBEIGERS Military pUllengera will be in the appropriate uniform ot the day Slacks prescribed for tbe particular unitorm are recommended for female pasaengers
2054 CIVILIAN PASBEHGERS Civilian ( Civil Service) passengers wbo are authorIzed by orders to ride in military airshycraft will present a copy of such orders to the clearing autbshyority Civilian (Non Civil Service) pallllengers in 1I11itary airshycraft will present lIuch autborization to the clearing autborityand llhall further execute a Hold-Barmleu agreement in tbe preshysence of tbe clearance autbority prior to departure
2055 SECURI~ Proper security meallurell will be taken by tbe pilot in command to ensure that access to classitied equipshyment information or material ill denied to unautborized persons
2056 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMEIT 1 All passengers wIll be provided witb a seat
and a lIeat belt 2 A complete parachute and harnells ill required
aboard the aircraft for ach individual (crew and passenger) except when the flight is to be conducted in a multi-engine transshyport type aircraft operating in an air carrier service whicb is capable ot maintaining level fligbt under normal loading conditions witb fifty (50) percent of its engines inoperative (NARESTRACOMaircratt will be operated in accordance with current CNARESTRA directivell)
3 Aircraft operating over water and ocean areas beyond sate gliding distanc from land must have aboard a ~ropshyerly functioning life vest (Mae West or other approved type) tor eacb crew member and palillenger embarked Chere must be sutticshyient lit rafts and survival equipment to aately support all pershylIonnel aboard
2057 SAFElY AND SURVIVAL BRIEFING PUllengerll on fligbtll ot which lIurvival equipment in the preceding paragrapheill applicable will be properly and adequately brieted by the pilot prior to take-ott on tbe ulle ot such eqUipment includingelleape procedures
2058 CREW AND PASSENGEWLISTS All crew memberll will be clearly dellignated on the approprIa~e tlight plan form andormanitellt as to name initialS rankrate fileservice number branch of service and parent organization in the calle ot militarypersonnel In the caSe ot civilians the name initials and other pert1nent ident1fying information including home address must be listed
-10shy
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
2059 SAFETY OF OPERATION Every effort will be made on the part of all responsible personnel to minimize risk and provide the safest possible operating conditions for passengercarrying aircraft
206 DEFINITION OF LOCAL FLrING AREA
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION The established local flying area can be generally defined as an area extending to the Pacific ADIZ on the West Southern Border ADIZ on the South and approximately 250 nautical miles North and Eastof the Long Beach Omni Rangelaquolocated on NAS Los Alamitos) The area excludes the greater Los Angeles Metropolitan area and the area generaly Northshyeast of NAS Los Alamitos (refer plate 2) The specific outer boundary of the local flying area is established by a line conshynecting the following coordinates
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
Thence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 ~lnutes West Longitude
37 degrees 47 minutes North Latitude 120 degrees 00 minutes West Longitude
37 degrees 57 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 31 minutes West Longitude
35 degrees 00 ~inutes North latitude 118 degrees 35 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North Latitude 118 degres 00 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 48 minutes North latitude 117 degrees 32 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 18 minutes North latitude 116 degrees 55 minutes West Longitude
36 degrees 00 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 54 minutes West Longitude
34 degrees 34 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 10 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 07 minutes North latitude 113 degrees 30 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 47 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 42 minutes North Latitude 114 degrees 43 minutes West Longitude
32 degrees 30 minutes North Latitude 117 degrees 18 minutes West Longitude
-11shy
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
2061 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION ~CONTINUEDl
Thence to 32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude
117 degreea 08 minutes W_t LongitudeThence to
32 degrees 16 minutes North Latitude 118 degrees 25 minutes West Longitude
Thence to 34 degrees 00 minutes North Latitude
120 degrees 30 minutes West LongitudeThence to
36 degrees 18 minutes North Latitude 122 degrees 10 minutell West Longitude
2062 SEcrOM The local flying area ill divided into twelve (12) alphabetically dillignated lIectors to facilitate pOllishytive control over local traffic (refer plate 1) All pilotsfiling local flight plans shall designate the local are of operashytions and list them in the order of utilization
NOTE Local flight within the Greater Los Angeles Miltshyropolitan area shall be restricted to the Los Alamitos traffic pattern and the approach nd departure corridors all depicted in plate 5
207 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS
2071 VFR CLEARANCES VFR clearances will be grantedby the Clearance Officer when weather condition are as good or better than the following prescribed minimums and forecallt to remain so for the estimated duration of the flight plus one (1)hour computed from the proposed take-off time
1 JET AIRCRAFl Ceiling 3000 feet Visibility 3 miles
2 PROPELLER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 2000 feet Visibility 3 miles
3 HELICOPTER AIRCRAFl Ceiling 500 feet Visibility 1 mile (a) Because of their special flight charshy
acteristics helicopters may bealeared on controlled VFR flightswhen the weather minimums are less than those specified in 2 above subject to the following restrictions
(i) Any flight which leavell the field boundshyaries on a local training flight must file a flight clearance form DD 175 with the Operations Duty Officer and must list an alternate airport which is VFR and which can be reached in VFR conditions
-12shy
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
2071 VFR WEATHER MINIMUMS (CONTINUED)
(li) Fllghts MAy be cleared in the practicelanding pattern (lnside the field boundaries) providing the ceilshying is no less than 500 feet and visibility no less than one (1)mile All such flights will be directed to remain on the groundwhenever an instrument approach to the field is in progress
(iil) VFR training flights will not be pershymitted when the ceiling is less than 500 feet and the visibilityless than one (1) mile
-13shy
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CRAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INS~RUCTIONS 3011 ~ONTROL 3012 TWOWAY COMMUNICATIONS 3013 IDENTIFICATION 3014 RIGHT OF W~Y 3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS 3016 TAXI INTERVALS 3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS 3018 LISTENING WATCH 3019 TAXI PATTERN 30110 LIGwr SIGNALS
~
302 TAKE OFF INSTRUCTIONS 3021 PREPARATION 3022 CLEARANCE 3023 TAKE OFF 3024 lRIORITY 3025 JET DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22L 3026 JRr DEPARTURE RUNWAY 4R 3027 PRQPELLERAIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPAR~URE RUNWAY 4 3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAIS
303 LANDIN~ INSTRUCTIONS 3031 VFR ENTRI 3032 CARRIER BREAK UP AND FORMA~ION LANDINGS 3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 _
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 3035 RESTRICTIONS 3036 LANDINGS
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
305 ACROBATICS L
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES 3062 HELICOPcER MAT LANDINGS 3063 HELICOPlER PRACuCE LANDING AREA
~
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
308 ROCKETS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS L
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
311 LOCAL OBSrRUCTIOJ(S
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPTER III
COURSE RULES
301 TAXI INSTRUCTIONS
3011 CONTROL The Naval Air Station Los Alamitos is under positive control at all times and all taxi instructions shall emanate from the control tower
3012 TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONS No aircraft shall leave the chocks until two-ny cOlllllUnications MS been utabl1shed with the control tower
3013 IDENrIFICATION Aircraft on local flight plansshall use the modex number radio calls as flight identification number Flight filed on a DD 175 flight clearance form will use Navy or Navy Jet and the last five (5) numbers of the air shycraft bureau number as a radio call to the tower Only the lead pilot of flights consisting of more than one (1) aircraft need call for taxi instruction
3014 RIGHf-OF-WAY Aircraft taxiing on taxinys shall have the right ot way over aircraft entering or crOSSing taxinys
3015 CLEARANCE TO CROSS All aircraft shall hold clear of the duty runny and will not enter cross or taxi on any runshyny unless cleared by the control tower
3016 TAXI INTERVAIS No tax11ng aircraft shall overshytake or pass another except wIth tower approval Taxiing air shycraft shall maintain a minimum distance df 100 feet between air shycraft
3017 EXTENSION AND FOLDING OF WINGS Carrier-typeaircraft shall not be taxied on the field or taxiways with wingsfolded Outbound aIrcraft shall extend wings prior to enteringtaxiways and inbound aircraft shall not fold wings until after leavIng the taxiways
3018 LISTENING WATCH Tax11ng aIrcraft shall maintain a lIstening watch on the ground control frequency at all times
3019 TAXI PATTERN All fixed wing aircraft shall adshyhere to the established taxi pattern (refer plates 3 and 4)unless specifically authorized to deviate by the control tower
30110 LIGHT SIGNAIS Directional light signals shall be used by the tower to render assistance and control traffic only in event two-way communications fail after the aircraft is committed to taxi
302 rAKE-OFF Dl8TRUCTION -14shy
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
3021 PREPARATIO Xo take-off elearance shall be reshyquested from the tower yntil all necessary pre take-off and takeshyoff eheck-oft lists have been completed
3022 CLEARANCE No take-off shall be made without tower learance In addition pilots will visually sean for landshying airraft before entering the take-oft runway
3023 TAKE-OFFS All take-ofts will be executed in acshyoordance with stndard operating procedures Obstacle or highperformanee take-offs are not authorized except tor jet aireratt as necessary when launching a tow target Pilots shall be thorshyoughly briefed prior to eaeh tow flight on safe proeedures for take-off with the tow banner Formation take-offs are not authshyorized
3024 PRIORI~ Jet aircraft shall have priority over propeller driven airerlft for take-off only if requested and justified Air Eva Flights will normally have priority over all other aircraft
3025 JEJ DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 22L Jet airratt on VFR deshypartures shall tUrD left rter take-orr and climb out on a headingof 165 degrees magnetic to a minimum altitude ot 2000 feet cross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Navy Net and Ammunition Depot then proceed seven (7) miles on a magnetic track ot 165 degrees to POINc X-RAY before proceeding on eourse POIIlT X-RAY is located at 116 degrees 5 minutes West and 33 degrees 36 minutes 30 seconds Korth on a bearing of 177 degrees true ten (10) miles from the Long Beaoh LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3026 JET DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4R Jet aireraft on VFR deshypartures shall tura right~and climb out Oft a heading ot 175 degreesmagnetic to a minimum altitude of 2000 teet stay east of the Sunshyset Beach Airport and cross the ooast lie Korthwest ot HuntingtonBeach the proceed six (6) miles on a magnetic track ot 175 deshygrees to POlK ZULUraquo before proeeding on course POIlfT ZULU is located at 116 degrees 03 minutes West and 33 degrees 35 minutes Korth on a bearing of 170 degrees true twelve (12) miles from the Long Beach LF Range station (refer plate 5)
3027 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUNWAY 22 Propellerdriven aircrat1l on VFR departureswill turn lett arter take-ott to a heading of 165 degrees magnetic in order to eross the coast line over the Southwest portion of the US Kavy Kt a~ Ammunition Depot Seal Beach and proceed to POI X-RAY ai-outiliBed in Artshyicle 3025 above (refer plate 5) ~ L
3028 PROPELLER AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE RUlIWAY 4 Propelleraircrat1l on VFR departures will tUrd rigbt after take-oft to a heading of 175 degrees magnetie remaining east of the Sunset Beach Airport eross ~be coast line Worthwest of Huntington Beach and proceed to POINt ZULU as outlined in Article 3026 above (refer plate 5) L
-15shy
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
3029 IFR DEPARTURES ALL RUNWAYS Departures for all aircraft under instrument flight rules vill be in accordance with the authorized air traffic control clearance
1 This station has stablished six (6) Standard Instrument Departures a listed below
(a) Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 9)
(b) Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 10)
(c) Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR Departure-Jet 1 (plate 11)
(d) Los Alamitos-Oceanside TACAN Departure-Jet 1 (plate 12)
(e) Los Alamitos-San Pedro TACAN Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 13)
(f) Los Alamitos-070o Departure-Conventional 1 (plate 14)
2 When pilots are given a specific SID no amendshyment will be made by the agency issuing an ATC clearance When the ATC clearance is issued the aSSigned name and number of the SID to be used will be preceeded by the enroute portion of the clearshyance The pilot shall confirm the SID iSsued by reading back the name and number
3 The SID will be used only when filed or reshyquested by a pilot Pilots requesting a deviation or departurethat does not confrom to a SID will be given the detailed deshypa~ture clearance Transient pilots who may be unfamiliar with a given SID will be given the detailed departure clearance when they so request it
303 LANDING INSTRUCTIONS
3031 VFR EN~RY All aircraft on a VFR clearance shall conduct their let doYn over the ocean and contact Navy Alamitos tower for landing instructions over POINT X-RAY for an approach to runway 4 or over POINT ZULU for an approach to runway 22 (refer plate 5) Except in emergencies such as in-flight radio failures no aircraft shall enter the traffic pattern until commshyunications is established with the control tower After crossshying the cost line the maximum speed for Jet aircraft is 250 knots and maximum speed for propeller driven aircraft is 175 knots If the cloud base is above 2500 feet all aircraft shall descend to and cross the coast line at 2000 feet If the cloud base is between 2000 and 2500 feet cross the coast line at 1500 feet If the clOUd base is below 2000 feet no VFR approach will be permitted unless an emergency exists
3032 CARRIER BREAK-UP AND FORMATION LANDINGS Formashytions of two (2) aircraft are the maximum number tbit will be allowed to conduct carrier break-ups over the field Formation landings are not permitted
-16shy
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
3033 APPROACH RUNWAY 22 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT ZULU inbound on a magnetic track of 355 degreesin order to cross the coast line Northwest of Huntington Beach and remain East of the Sunset Beach Airport They shall maintain a northerly heading and deScend to enter a left hand traffic pattshyern at 1500 feet proceed upwind slightly to the right of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDesceat to 1000 feet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3034 APPROACH RUNWAY 4 After receiving landing inshystructions from Navy Alamitos tower all aircraft shall proceedfrom over POINT X-RAY inbound on a magnetic track of 345 degreesin order to oross the coast line over the Southyest boundary of the US Net and Ammunition Depo~ Seal Beaoh They shall mainshytain a northerly heading and descend to enter a risht hand traffic pattern at 1500 feet prooeeding upwind slightly to the left of the landing runway and break downwind as soon as traffic permitsDescent to 1000 fet shall be made during the turn to downwind after the break (refer plate 5)
3035 RESpoundRICTIONS Exeepli for the approved approachand departure routes local flights originating or terminating at NAS Los Alamitos will NOJ fly OVer tte Greater Los Angeles Metshyropolitan area All other VFR flights thAt must prooeed over the Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area shall depart via the approshypriate corridor to POINi X-RAY or ZULU and climb to at least 3000 feet before proceeding on course All inbound VFR flightsshall approach NAS Los Alamitos through the VFR approach corridor (refer plates 2 and 5)0 Flights proceeding to or returningfrom an inland training are Yill adhere to the approved departureandPproaoh corridors and circumnavigate the Greater Los Artgeles Metropolitan Area (refer plate 2) In so far as practicableall aircraft Yill avoid flying over the HIGH EXPLOSIVE area of the northern sector of the Seal Beaeh Ammunition Depot
3036 LANDINGS All pilots shall check and reportYheels down and locked upon turning base leg Landings shall be at a safe interval and touoh-and-go landings are permittedonly when authorized by the control tower
304 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE
3041 MIRROR OR FIELD CARRIER LANDING PRACTICE Mirror or field carrier linding praotice is not authorizedat NAS Los Alamitos The mirror Yill only be used as an aid in the normal landing pattern
305 ACROBA~ICS
3~51 ACROBATIC FLIGHT Acrobatic flight Yill be eonshyducted in accordance Yith currnt OPNAV Instructions CNARESTRA Instructions and CAR Part 60
-17shy
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
306 HELICOPTER APPROACHES
3061 HELICOPTER APPROACHES Helicopters shall remain under positive control of the Navy Alamitos tower for all appshyroaches landings Ilnd depart~res Helicopters s~ll call the tower over POINT CHARLIE (33 42 00 North 118 04 30 West) for landing or entry into the helicopter practice landing area HelicoptersshA11 depart POIN CHARLIE on a heading of 3500 mag- netiC maintaining ~n altitude of 500 fget at a speed of 60 kts for POINT DELTA (33 45 30 North 118 03 30 West) (refer plate6) bull
3062 HELICOPTER MAT LANDINGS If cleared to the heaishycopter mat for landing depart POIN DELTA on a heading of 335 magnetic descending to 200 feet passing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary approaching the helicopterlanding mat via taxiway 11 at an altitude of 100 feet and land on the macadam South of the concrete Clearance to cross the duty runway must be received prior to crossing Garden Grove Blvd If clearance to cross the duty runway and proceed to landing mat are not received at Garden Grove Boulevard helicopters will proshyceed direct to the approach end of abandonded runway 34 and land (refer plate 6)
3063 HELICOP~ER PRACrICE LANDING AREA If cleared to the helicopter practice landing area depart POINT DELTA on a heading of 3550 magnetic descending to 200 feet paSSing Garden Grove Boulevard 100 feet passing the field boundary and completing a landing on the approach end of abandonded runway 34 before entering the p7actlee pattern The practice pattern boundaries are To the North practice landing area of abandonded runway 34 To the East the statio transillitter site To the South Garden Grove Boulevard To the West the Long Beach VORTAC station The practice pattern will be left hand traffic not to go above 500 feet unless cleared by the tower He1icoP$ers will avoid flyingdirectly over the GCA unit (refer plate 6)
307 ORDNANCE ARMING AND DISARMING
3071 GENERAL All pilots will be t~u811y briefed on ordnance procedure prior to ca~g any ordnance load in aircraft and shall be thoroughly familiar with ordnance safety precautions promulgated by NAS Los Alamitos InstructiOns All aircraf~ proshyceeding to or from the Ordnance Arming or DIsarming Area shall monitor ~)Navy Alamitos Ground Control Frequency A clearance to the area and taxi instruction from the area are mandatory
3072 ARMING Miniature and water filled bombs may be loaded on the aircraft in the line area Ammunition may be loaded in the aircraft on the line provided the proper gun safety devices are installed Rockets with explosive heads will be loaded and gun safety devices removed only in the authorized arming area justprior to take-off as follows (refer plate 24)
-18shy
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
3072 ARMING (CONTINUED)
1- At the head of runway 22L on a heading of 1950
magnetic 2 At the head of runway ll-R on a heading of 0830
magnetic
3073 DISARMING All aircraft carring live ammunition or rockets will proceed immediately upon landing to the disarming area All rockets willbe1J11lilugged ard grounded at this pointAmmunition will be released from the feed mechanism and stowed in the ammunition cans before aircraft proceed to their parking area The disarming areas are amp15 follows
1 Off the upvind end of runway 22L an a headingof 083 degrees magnetio
2 Off the upwind end of runway ll-R on a headingof 195 degrees magnetic (refer plate 2ll-)
3074 HUNG BOMBS OR ROCKElS When it is necessary for an aircraft to land at NAS LOs Alimltos with ~~g rockets or bombs the aircraft will orbit over the ocean iouth of the airshyport and notify the tower The tower will contact the station Ordnance Officer and clear the traffic pattern and runwaysAircraft will be cleared to land and proceed to the disarming area The station Ordnance Officer will take wttever action is necessary to remove the rAzard before the aircraft returns to the Une
308 ROCKErS BOMBING AND GUNNERY AREAS
3081 ASSIGNMENT Targets and areas for ordnance pracshytice by NAS Los Aiamitoe aircraft are assigned by COMN4B-ll Target and area requests for week-ends and week-days for ~quadrone on Active Duty for training shall be made to the NAS Los Alamitos Target Assignment Officer No pilot will use any target or gunnshyerYarea unless specifically I~heduld to do so Strict adherence to scheduled times is mandatory
3082 USE OF OPERArING AREAS AND TARGETS No form of training involving the use of machine guns automatic weaponsrockets bombS of any type torpedoes flares searchlights or floodlights ~ill be conducted without specific assignment of an area or target and then only in the area or at the target assigned
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-63) Target number thirteen (13)is a low-level bombing rocketry and strafing target consisting of a circular area with a 300 yard radius establiehed a~ a danger area It is located one-half (tl mile West of the Northwestern tip of San Clemente Island at 336 02 North 1180 37 West Ordshynance drops are restricted to rockets water filled an~ minature bombs All run must be conducted from the Southwest to the Northeast on a heading of 0300 true using a left-hand patternStrafing and 1()cket runs must be conducted 110 that tWIt impact is
-19shy
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
3083 TARGET NO 13 (R-363) (CONTINUED)
clear of San Clemente Island All aircraft must exercise extreme caution due to the ALF San Clemente traffio pattern and olear vith the ALF tower prior to commencing runs on the target Exeroises may be oonducted on VFR days only from the surface up to 2000 ft All pilots assigned to this target will make positive identificashytion of the target before commencing runs in order to obviate the possibility bfusing the wrong rocks as a target and avoid damage to surface craft (refer plate 23)
084 AIR ~O AIR GUNN~RY ASW SMOKELITE DROPS AREA KKshyN W-2~0 Ocean operatln~ area KK-N estab iahed as Warning area - 9~ (refer plate 23) is aSSigned as the air to air gunnery area ASW and smokelite drop area This area extends from the surshyfaoe upwards to unlimited altitude bull Exercises may be conducted in VFR oonditions from sunrise to sunset Before commencing firing runs all pilots will take necessary precautions to avoid the posshysibility of endangering surface craft
3085 AERIAL cRAINING AREA ONE (1) Aerial training area one (1) is located East of the Northern sct~on of San Clemente Island in Warning Area 291 and defined by the coordinshyates 320 0712 North 1180 26 30 West 330 07 12 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56~ 30 North 1170 43 00 West 320 56 30 North 1180 26 30 West (refer plate 23) ih1a area is restricted to ASW nd imokelite drops Exercises may be conducted in this area in accordance with current COMELEVEN Instructions
309 TARGET TOW PLANE OPERATIONS
3091 GUARD PLANE Target tow planes shall be accomshypanied to and from the target by a guard plane
3092 TAXI The target plane shall abide by the taxi instructions as published for other aircraft (refer plates 3 and 4)
3093 rAKE OFF The target plane shall receive clearshyance from the tower prior to taking position for tOY hook up
3094 DEPARTURE The tOY plane ahall follow established VFR departure procedures (refer plate 5)
3095 EWlRY CLEARANCE Aircraft toying targets shall contact Navy Alamitos tower prior to reaching the coast line for clearance to enter the traffic pattern to release the tow
3096 TOW DROP PATTERN When properly cleared by the control tower the tow plane and guard plane shall enter the traffic pattern flying parallel and to the left of runway 22L at 600 feet until reaohing the release point Jihe targst shall be released upon voice signal from the control tower
-20shy
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
3096 TOW DROP PATTER (CONTINUED)
Aircraft will fly close aboard the field in the traffic patternand Yill remain over government property Yherever practicable
3097 FOULED TARGET Aircraft towing targets which do not release on the rfrst attempt vill fuel permitting proceed over vater and attempt to free thmiddottargetrby all means available If fuel state ~oeS not permit or if attempts to drop over water are unsuccebullbullful the aircraft when cleared by the tower will make a high approach landing which will allow the target to make its initial ground contact on he runway avoiding the possibilityof becoming tangled with obstructions
3098 LIGHT SIGNALS In event the tow target plane exshyperbellce radio failure upon return to the fhld the control tower will use a green light to indicate when the tow targetplane has reached the release point
310 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS
3101 PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AND DANGER AREAS The Greater Los Angeles Metropolitan Area is prohibited to all Los Aaamitos aircraft operating under VFR clearances except for the traffic pattern approach and departure routes Aircraft cleared under Instrument Flight RuleS ahall proceed in accordance with their air traffic control clearance Appropriate aeronautical charts and publications should be studied for danger areas and airspace reervations in the local operating areal
311 LOCAL OBSTRUCTION3
3111 LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS All obstructi6ns within 750 lateral clearance area from the center line of runways and above a 71 slope tranSition zone from 750 to 12000 from the center line have obstruction lights except
1 -RtOOrIAl 22R-4L Five (5) small buildings 8 high located SW
300 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly 6f runway center line
Plane parking area 200 x 800 located SW 600 to 1400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 275 northerly of ruavay center line
AutomObile ~rking lot located SW 1100 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 650 northerly of runway center line
20 x 130 bUilding 12 high located SW 1100 trom HE end of runway 22R-4L and 520 notherly of runway center line
Group of tvnty (20) mall buildings 10 to 33 high located SW 150a to 2100 from ME end of runway 22R-4L and 450 to 800 northerly of runway center line
200 x 800 plane parking area SW 1700 to 2400 trom ME end of runway 22R-4L and 250 to 750 northerly of runway center line
-21shy
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
LOCAL CBSTRUCTICNS 1 CCNTINUED
Two (2) small buildings 8 high looated 1250 NE end of runway 22R-4L and 250 southerly of runway oenter line
2 RUNWAY 22L-4R Cne (1) magazine struoture 13 high looated SW
end of runway 22L-4R and 650 southerly of runway oenter line Two (2) small build~ngs 8 high looated HE 1100
from SW end of runway 22L-4R and 500 northerly of runway oenter 11M
Cpen storm drainage ditoh and 7 ohain link fenae 100ated SW 1600 from SW end of runway 22L-4R
3 NCRTHEAST APPROACH ZCNE Large dairl hay barn 22 high located 1000 HE
from NE end of runway and 850 northerly of runway oenter line 4 SOUTHWEST APPROACH ZONE
Two (2) buildings 10 high several trees 25 high and power pole 30 high looated SW 1400 from SW end of runway 22R-4L and 800 northerly of runway center line
5 BUILDINGS AND BJlRUCTURESWITH OBSTRUCTICN LIGHTS (REQUIRED) GOA Mohi1e Units two (2) small buildings and 20
high steel water tank looated SW 4500 from NE end of runway22L-4R and 450 southerly of runway oenter line
Radio a~tenna poles 70 high looated SW 3000 from NE end of runway 22L-4R and 2400 southerly of runway oenshyter 1ine(Required only for he1ioopter landing praotioe)
BCQ buildings 23 high looated SW BCC from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 750 northerly of runway oenter line
Hanger and control tower building 80 high 100shyoated SW 2400 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and 1000 northerlyof runway oenter line
6 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES WITH CBSTRUCTIClf LIGHTS (OPTICNAL) Thre (3) radio antenna poles 80 high looated
SW 1000 from NE end of runway 22R-4L and l~C~ northerly of runway center line
Recreation building 35 high looated SW 2400 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 1800 northerly of runway center line
NRTC Building 25 high 100ated SW 3600 from HE end of runway 22R-4L and 2800 northerly of runway oenter line
-22shy
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPCER IV ~
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
401 CONTROL TOWER 4011 AIR AND GROUND CONTROL 4012 OPERATING FREQUENCIES
402 INSTRUMENT APPROACH CONTROL 4021 CLEARANCE 4022 TYPES OF APPROACHES
403 GROUND CONTROL APPROACH 4031 HOURS OF OPERATION 4032 IFR APPROACHES4033 PRACTICE APPROACHES 4034 VFR APPROACHES 4035 GCA MINIMUMS (ACTUAL)4036 GCA PAT~ERN 4037 GCA LOST COMMMISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE
404 INSTRUMENT APPROACHES
405 INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES 4051 STRATUS CONTROL 4052 UlS ANGELES A~C CONTROL 4053 STANDARD INST~UMENT DEPARTURES 4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AND UlCKED 4061 WHEEL CHECK BY THE PILO~ 4062 WHEEL8T )DOWN AND LOCKEn REPOST 4063 RUNWAY WHEEL WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER 4064 WHEELS-UP-~RNINGS
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT 4073 UlST PLANE PROCEDURE 4074 BRAKE OR FLAP FAILURE IN CARRIER TYPE AIRCRAFT
AND AIRCRAFT HAVING A NOSE WHEEL 4075 FOUL WEATHER PROCEDURE
408 COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES
409 LAMP SIGNALS
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPfER IV
AIR TRAFFIC -COI~ROL
401 COWTROL TOWER
4011 AIR AID GRQUID COITROL All a~r raffle 1 the Los Alaml~os Con~rol Zone aad all ground ~raffle oa ~he ~axlvays aad runways a~ lAS Los Alal~os shall opera~e only under poslshy~lve coa~rol of ~he Wavy Alami~os ~ower at all ~les
4012 OPERA~IIG FREQUEICIES TraDbullbulll~tlng and reoelvshy
Ing frequeeles Day b fouRa In the urrn~ fllgh~ illfora~ion publ1eUolls
402 IWS~RUMElT APPROACH COlfROL
4021 CLEARAICE Aa t~s~rumet approach elearanle to lAS Los Alaml~os be ob~aied ~hrough Long Beach Approaeh Coa~rol
4022 IYPES OF APPROACHES lAS Los Alamitos has two (2) oaven~iomallns~rumeR~ approaehes ad four (4) Je~ instrushyet pene~ra~ions as follows
1 Low Frequency Range Approah (Conven~loftampl)Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 igh~ GOA is available on request
2 Omni Approach (Conven~ional) Minimums 800-1 Day 800-2 Night GOA is a~ilable on reques~
3 J~ Low Frequency Range Pene~ra~ion MinishymumS 800-1 Day 800-2 Nigh~ GOA is avallable on reques~
4 J~ ADFRADAR Pene~raUon PAR Minimums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
5 Je~ VORRADAR Pene~ra~lon PAR Minlmums 100- SUR Minimums 400-1
6 Je~ poundACAJI PenetraHon Minlmums 500-1 Day 500-2 lgh~ GOA is available on reques~
7 Con~ae~ approach Minlmums- when wea~her oondi~lons are due ~o haze and smoke and viSibl1i~1 Is ~wo (2)miles or be~~er
403 GROmm CONcROL APPROACH shy
4031 HOURS OF OPERATION GCA is available ~wenty-four (24) hours daily on the following baais
1 During instrumen~ weather from 0800 ~o 1630 no no~lce required
2 From 1630 ~o 0800 available on fif~een (15) no~ice
3 On ~ueSdaybullbull during VFR weather condi~ions GOA will be ou~ of ervice for rou~ine main~enance from 0800 ~o 1630 local
4032 IFR APPROACHES All IFR pproaches mu~ be reshyques~ed ~hough Long Beach Approach Con~rol
-23shy
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
~033 PRACJ(E APPFJOCirlES GCA Unit 5 is avanabll for prac~ice approampch~5 amp~ no~d in Ar~ 4031 provided ~hl clilingis 2500 or be~tlr aAd thl visibility is a~ llas~ fivi (5) mills VFR conditions must be main~ained at all ~i~s whill in ~hl pracshy~ici pat~ern Pr~~ approache~ vi be discontinuld when local air opra~ions arl sicurid
4034 VFR APPROACHES Wlum the NAS Los Alam1~os official wla~blr is a~ or abovi thrl (3) millS viaibili~ys ~bl cliling is a~ or abovi 1000 felt but bllow practiCI miaimums as nO~ld in Art 4033 VFR amppproach~ will bl aCClp~ld ~o a final landingonly VFR condi~ions must bl maintainld at all ~ils in thl GOA pa~~lrn
4035 ACUAL OOA MUIJIItlMS Wlatblr lIinilllllllll tor ae~shyual Brl~ision approachls arlg aliling onl hundrld (100) visibilshyity onl half (t) mill Wlathlr DinimuDs tor ac~uampl Survlillanci approachls arl Clilimg four hundrld (400)9 visibili~y onl (1)mill
4036 OOA PAtTERW he NAS 015 AIampmitOIi standard GOA pa~tlrn is basld on an~pproac~ to runway 22L and is limitld to within tin (10) mill radius of thl airport rlflr Platl 21)
4037 MISSED APPROACH at COMMUlICATION PROCEDURE IA ihl IVlnt of lII1sSld approac an or ost 01llWU3icat on uri onl of thl following proedull1U will be givln
If no tran~miS~ions arl re~ivld for onl (1) minshyuti in thl ~rafficopy pattlrn-
I Climb ~o 2000 direct ~o thl 12 NM Long Blach VORcAC fix hold South on thl 171 radial 6 mil pattern 11ft turjls 60ntact Long Blampch Approacopyh Control tor further instrutions or
2 Climb to 2000 dirlct 171 radial of thl LongBach VOR proCled South to Albacorl ntlrslctioD1 nold Southlast mon-standard 0111 (1) minutl llf~ turns on the 12~ radial of Los Angilis VOR contac~ Long Beach Approach Control for tur~hlr inshystructionS or
3 Climb to 2500 direct to Long Bach Low FreshyqUincy Range proceed Southwest coursl San Pldro intlrslo10n hold South non-standard one (1) minutl righ turns contact LongBlach Approach Con~rol for furthlr instructions or
4 Climb ~o 2500 dirlct to the 16 NM Long Beaeh VORAC fix hold Northlnt on ~hl 210 radial 6 mill paUshy1m righll turns conta(t Long Blampch Approach Control tor furthlr instructions
404 IJlSJRUMENT APPROACHES -
4041 IS~RUMENT APPROACHES Instrumlnt approaches to MAS Los Alamitos a~ listld in Art 4022 shall be made on thl appropria~1 facili~y in aecortlanoe with procedurls published in ~hl flight information publications (reflr platls 15thru 21)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
4042 COli~ACT APPROACH Contaet appraoches for certain aircraft are authorized when weather conditions are due to haze and smoke and visibility is two (2) miles or better poundhe aircraft authorized to request contact approaches are as followe S2F P2V SKB R4D and R5D This will be a one (1) aircraft at a time opshyeration ~he aircraft will normally be held at the Long Bach VOR~AC in YFR condition on top of the haze condition Aircraft will be under the positive control of Long Beach Approach Control until the field is in sight and the pilot is confident that a contact apshyproach can be accomplished Normally Long Beach Approach Control will vector the aircraft to an advantageous position that will be copa~able to the downwind leg for runway 22LR The pilot must remiddot quest a contact approach it desired after he has the field in lightIf the field is not Sighted or the approach is npt accompli_hed the pilot will tollow the missed appraoch instructions as given by LongBeach Approach ControL che phraseology Ilormally used by approachcontrol will be as followe
Contact app~oach approved within two miles of the Los Alamitos airport It not possible climb in the traffic patt shyern within two miles of the a~rport to VFR conditions on topContact Los Alamitos tower on Me
NOXE It should be emphaSized that this procedure will not be used~by Jet aircraft There is no chenge to Jet approaches
405 IHSlRUMEJlT PEPARtURES
4051 STRATUS COR~ROL When the top of the of the overshycaat in the Los Angeles are is below 3000 feet Los Angeles Air Traffic Control may delegate unrestricted control of departing NAS Loa Alamitos traffic This type of control is depen~ upon the traffic load and weather conditions in the area and will be delshyegated to the Jiliii1 Alamitos tower or refused by Los Angeles AlC
4052 LOS AliGELES ATC CONTROL When the top of the ~
overshycast in the Los Angeles area is aboyene 3000 feet all instrument depaltures will be cleared by Los Angeles ACC
k
4053 STAllIDART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES NAS Los Alamitos has four (4) conventiontl and two (2) jet standard instrument deshypartures as listed
L Los Alamitos-San Pedro VOR Departure60nventional 1 (plate 9)
2 Los Alamitos-San Pedro LF DepartureConventional 1 (plate 10)
3 Los Alamitos-Oceanside VOR DepartureJet 1 (plate 11)
4 Lol Alamitos-Oceanside poundACAN DepartureJet 1 (plate 12) L
5 Los Alamitos-San Pedro JACAN DepartureConventional 1 ~plate 13)
6 Los Alamitos-070 DepartureConventional 1 (plate 14)
4054 RADAR DEPARTURE CONTROL Aircraft departing NAS k
-25shy
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
40504 RADAR DEPARerURE COHTROL (Continued)
Los Alamitos in IFR weather conditions shall be instructed to switch to Long Beaeh DepartUre Control prior to take off Airshycraft will contact Long Beach Departure Control on the assigned frequen~y and monitor Navy Alamitos tower on guard
406 PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING WHEELS DOWN AIm LOCKED
4061 WHEELS CHECK BY THE PILOT Jhe pilot of eacb aircraft shall eheck by every available ~ean that the landing gear is down aDd locked erne pilot upon turning base leg will call libe tower and advise p wneele down and locked
4062 WHEELS DOWN AND LOCKED REPORT The vower will require the pilot of each aircraft landing at this field to reportWheels down and locked prior to each landing
4063 RUNWAY WHEELS WATCH AND SAFETY OFFICER fhe runshyway wheele watch will be required for the landing of all sectingleshypiloted (including tande plaee) fixed wing aircraft during dayshylight houre Thie watch is alllo required for all night landinge as follows
1 During periods for traiDing ot Orgallized Re eerve Pilote on active duty
2 During the week-end training of Organized Reshyerve Pilot~ on inactive duty
3 During periods when a flight ot tour (4) or more Single piloted tixed wing transient aircratt are landing
The Runway Satety Officer will be required during periodsof inteneive training by Organized Reserve Pilots flying singlepiloted fixed wing aircraft and during transition or requalifishycation in such aircratt by both Active Duty and Ol8ampnized Reserve pilote Periods ot intensive training shall be interpreted as periodS of Active Duty Training Week-end Inactive Duty for Trainshying and during local night flying A chase pilot when requiredfor TranSition First Flight or Requalification may act as Runshyway Safety Officer by obeerving take-otfs approache and landings trom his arcraft pOSitioned at the approach end ot the runway
4064 WHEELS UP WARNINGS It ie the duty ot the wheel watch upon observing an aircraft approaching tor landing with wheels up to warn the pilot by meana of radio andor band or reshymote tiring red flares Tho tower upon observing an aircratt appraoching wheels up or the warning given by the Wheels watch will transmit on the radio a wave-off warning to the pilot
407 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL A pilot declaring an emergency that necessitates an immediate landing will be cleared to land on any runway at the pilots di~~rtion When an immediate
-26shy
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
4071 EMERGENCY TRAFFIC CONTROL ( Con~inued) L
emergemcy becomes known the control tower shall close the field to all other traffie A pilot declaring an emergency vherein a delayed andor normal landing may be effected vill be given prishyority to enter the traffic pattern for landing When a deferred emergency becomes knovn the field mayor may not be closed dependshying upon the nature of the emergency In such instances the pilotshould cill the toyer vith the folloving informatioa
1 Bureau number or side number of aircraft 2 Iypeof aircraft 3 Bature of emergency4 Position 5 Estimated flight time remaining and other
pertinent information In all cases of emergency either immediate or deferred all pilotsRot involved shall mai~tin radio Silence until advised by the conshytrol toyer to resume normal communication
4072 OVERDUE AIRCRAFl The folloving procedures shall be folloved in the event an aircraft is overdue
1 When a propeller aircraft is overdue one (1)hour or a jet aircraft is overdue thirty (30) minutes andorthirty (30) minutes prior to ruel exhaustion the control toyershall attem~to establish radio contact vith the missing aircraft
2 Simultaneously vith the attempted radio conshytact the toyer viII notify the Operations Duty Officer vho vill direct the line crev to preform a visual cheek for the missingaircraft
3 If the results of 1 and 2 above are negativeFlight Service vill be notified and all airports in the local area or proposed fli~ht route as applicable vill be cheoked for the missing aircraft
4 If the aircraft is determined to be missingsearch and reScue procedures vill be institutled as required in accordance vith Chapter VI Section 6012 of tnts manual
4073 LOst PUME PROCEDURE Aircraft operating in the vicinity of Los Alaaitos vho become lost or in doubt of thair posshyition should take the folloving action
1 turn IFF to emergency2 Call Navy Alamitos tower on a s~ampndard tower
frequency or if unable to contact the tower shift to guard or emergency frequency and call any military or FAA station Prefix tranSmissions with Pan the urgent call or vith Mayday the distress call as the circumstances or degree of u~ncy dictates When communication is established request a fix or steer to baabullbull
3 Climb immediately to 12000 feet or above and comply with current Radar Interceptor Procedures as outlined in the flight information publications
-27shy
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
4074 BRAKE OR FlAP FAILURE IJ CARRIER lYPE AIRCRAFT AND AIRCRllFc HIvnro NOSE WHIDilt Pilots or airshy
craft experiencing loss of prakes or flaps may utilize the field arresting gear or barrier located on runway 22L the gear is armed whenever runway 22 is the duty runway A fifteen 15) second deshylAy can be anticipated for use of the barrier The gear is dearmed whenever runway 4 is the duty runwaYf in which cas there will be a delAy of apprOXimately fifteen (15) minutes to arm the gear All lAndiags when use of the arresting gear or barrier can be anticshyipated will be on runway 22L
4075 FOUL WEAXHER PROCEDURE When weather conditions gobelow VFR minimums whileLlocal flights ar airborne or when amp commshyunication failure oeuurl for flights on top of an overcalt the weather to the East of the mountains usually remains clearGeorgeAFB bearing 020 degrees magnetic is fifty-eight (58) miles from NAS Los Alamitos HAAS El Centro bearing 090 degrees magnetieis one hundred thirty-six (136) miles from NAS Los Alamitos MCAS Yuma bearing 095 degrees magnetic is one hundred eightyshyfive (18S miles from NA~ Los Alamitos ~hese fields are usuallygood alternate airports L
408 COMMUNICAXIONS FREQUENCIES
4081 COMMtlNICATIOIf UENCIES Jower GOA and emershygency frequncies are sub ect to frequent chfngee All holders of tbis manual are requested to rfer to the flight information publications for current communication frequencies
409 lAMP SIGNALS
4091 lAMP SIGNALS LapP signalS in accordanee with current directives are the primary means of signalling for air shyborne traffic without radio contact and all moving traffie on the ground All pilots and other personnel required to be on taxishyways or runways will be familiar with the light signal proceduredescribed below
COLOR AND ~YPE ON THE GROUND IJ JHE AIR Steady Gren Clered for takeshy Clered to Land
off or proceedFlashing Green Cleared to taxi Return for LandingSteady Red Stop Give way to other
aircraft and conshytinue circling
FlaSbing Red Jaxi clear of Airport unsafe shyJanding area (runshy do not land way) in use
Flashing White Return to starting None point on field
Flashing Red and Genenl warning Gen8ral warning Green Signal exercise signal exerciee
extreme caution extreme caution
-28shy
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CRAPTER V
TRAWSIEI~ AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIOrS AVAIIABLE 5011 BERTHING ABD MESSIWG 5012 7LIGHc RATIONS
502 JRAllSPORTAUON ~021 ON~STAJION 5022 OPP-ST~~IOR
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITIliG VIP 5031 COURJESIES AND SERVICES 5032 ROTIFICATION REQUIRED OF ODO 5033 OFFICIALGREETING
504 DDORSEMEltC OF PER DIEM OlIDERS 5041 AVIIABILITY OF GOVERRMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION 5042 ARRIVAL AID DEPARTURE 5043 AVAIIABILIJY OF QUARTERS AND MESSIliG
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPtER V L
TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT
501 ACCOMODATIONS AVAILABLE
5011 BERTHIIG AND MESSING Berthiag and essing for military personnel lre normally available as follows
PERSONNEL BERXHIIG MESSING otfieers including fe_le CPOs
B OQ CPO Club
BO Q General Mess
Enliated Personnel Blrraeks 18 General Mess Wave Personnel Wave Blrracks General Mess
Meala are also available at the Navy Exchange Cafeteria on the following schedule
Monday and ~uesday 0700 to 1400 Wednesday through Sunday 0700 to 1500
5012 FLIGRpound RATIONS Regular flight rations _y be ordered at the OperatlonsLClearanee Desk during normal working hours on a minimum of two (2) hour notice Outside of nor-l working hours a longer preparation tie may be required reshyquesting personnel are reminded that the quality eontent of flight rations will be materially iproved with additional Rotice Whenever possible therefore flight rations should be ordered tventy four (24) hours in advane
502 ~RANSPORTATION AVAILABLE
5021 ON~STATIO On station transportation within the boundaries of NAS fIOs Alimitos is available at Operations for all transient pilots and crews Phone extension 457 or 313
5022 OFF-StATION Off station Official Navy transportshyation is available for persons on official business only NAS Los Alamitos has a liberty bus tha1 departs from in tron1l of the administration building approximately bu1 no1 later 1han 1800 and 2330 hours ~he liberty bus proceeds direct to the corner of Long Beach Blvd and Ocean Blvd and departs the southvest corner of the same 100a1ion not later 1han 1830 and 2400 hours For further information contact the JOOD
503 PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING VISITING VIP bull 5031 COUWpoundESIES AND SERVICES Commissioned Officers
of the Navy in the rank of Captain and above or equivalent ranks of the other Armed Services and important civilian dignitariesshall be accorded the following services and courtesies vhile visi1ing the Naval Air Station
1 Full honors in accordanee with Navy Regulashytions when the visit is formal unless otherwise directed by the visiting officer or dignitary
-29shy
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
5031 COtfiJESIES ANI SERVICES (Continued) 2 Approp~late messing and quartering aceooshy
dations insofar as available fa~11itie permi~ 3 Surface transportalion subject to limitailions
established by higher authorlty
5032 NOEIFICATIONS REQUIRED OF ODO the OperationsDuty Officer will poury the ~otLoYIng personne1 of the EIA andor ETD of viSiting VIP
1 NAS OOD and eDO 2 NAS Operations Officer 3 NAS Operations Flight Line 4 NAS Control goYer5 Marine Air Deta~bment (On USMC VIP)6 Co~nder Fleet Air Detachment (As appropriate)
~he NAS OOD is the only one to be notified by the ODO of the AC~UALamprriva and departure times of visi~ing VIP unshyless otherwilO diretted in IIpec1fic ea5e
5033 OFFICIAL GREEtING Tree Co_nding Officer andorthe Command Duty Officer will greet 611 visiing VIP
504 ENDORSEMEN OF PER DIEM ORDERS bull bull
5041 AVAILABILITY OF GOVERNMENT AIR TRANSPORTATION Personnel requiring endor~~ment of orders indieating avai1ampbilityof government air transportation are to deliver such orders to the Operations Duty Officer for proper endoreement
5042 ARRIVAL AWD DEPAR~URE Personnel requiriag an arshyrival andor departure endorsezenli are to deliver such orders to the NAS ODD tor endorsement
5043 AVAILABI~~Y OF QUARTERS AND MESSING Quarters and meSSing facilitiel arll~rr)JlJl ll1 vailable at NAS Los Alamitos and per diem orders will be endorsed accordingly by the NAS 000
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
PlATE 1
PlATE 2
PlATE 3
PlA~E 4
lt-PlATE 5
PlATE 6
PlATE 7
PlA~E 8 lt-
PlATE 9
PlATE 10
PIATE 11
PlATE 12
PlATE 13
PlATE 14
PlATE 15
PlATE 16
PlATE 17
PlATE 18
PlA~E 19 bull
PlATE 20
PlATE 21
PlATE 22
PlATE 23 )
PlATE 24
PlA~E 25
CHAPlER VI
ILLUSTRA~IONS
L ltshyNAS LOS AlAMHOS LOCAL FLIGHT AREA
GREATER LOS ANGELES METROPOLI~AN AREA
FIELD D~GRAM TAXI PATTERNS RUNWAY 4R4L
FIELD DIAGRAM TAXI PAT~ERNS RtJ)1WAY 22R22L
VFR APPROACH DEPARrUREAND TRAFFIC PAlTERNS
rRAFFIC PAT~ERNCHART [HELICOPTERS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
NAS LOS AlAMITOS
CONVENTIONAL OMNI
CONVENTIONAL LMF
JET OMNI STANDARD
AREA RADIO FACILITIES LMF
c
AREA RADIO FiCILITIES VOR
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
INSTRUMENT DEPARrURE 1
JE~ TACAN SpoundANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE 1
LOS AlAMITOS
LOS AlAMITOS
LOW FREQUENCY
OMNI APPROACH
SAN PEDRO lACAN CONVENTIONAL 1 ltshy
0700 DEPARTURE CONVENTIONAL 1
RANGE APPROACH (CONVENTIONAL)
(CONVENTIONAL)
JET
JET
JET
JET
GCA
GCA
LOW FREQUENCY RANGE APPROACH
ADFRADAR APPROACH
VORRADAR APPROACH
TACAN APPROACH
PApoundTERN
BASIC EMERGENCYHELICOPTER PAlTERN
ROCKET BOMBING AND GtJ)1NERY AREA CHART
TARGET ~OW ORDANCE ARMING AND DISARMING CHAR~
AIRCRAFT CRASH FIRE FIGIrrING AND RESCUE CHART
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
l~ ie j
I
I
P1
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
J
i
-
bull
~ ~$
~
E
iI
~ lt
PlATE 2 PA6E~m
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
I r- I )
-- -shy
I
I Imiddot I
~ bull ~ i i I IiIp Iii I iIlilllili1
M 1IIlIIVJI
~~
I
1- 1
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
IS $4 H )t )0 qi4T l~ 44U ~1~1 j~JH Is rJ~lil4 rraquo It I~ 1101nl_ 121 II] ~J~ilPliil~~Tll~~I_i-~rl~ rl---- II-----~ -~ 4_5 lAXI PATTERN- RUNWAY 22L 22R -7bull_ -- Ii ~ =_=
I - shyq I I
ai ~
-~7
=-- ~ tENERAL DEVELOPMENT
I
~
I I I I
lI
reg
~-- -
l~~ If ~
~~~ 1gt
CD
VISITING AIRCRAFT PARKING
AREA
reg BARRIER
I -ipprHU
-
~
~
LIGHT1
x~-
-
APPROACH
rTF~d-middot~ -- -1 ~
~
- ~-- IIIlm bull IIa _ ~
-~ ~
fIIAlTlfl tlliITIOII
tlIvtlJ)(OHllr LA ~~ Ill Itt ~
sea g __ bull 11m r --- iiihlr-_- ~~ ijfmiddott l PLAN 1 - rUT ~_ - d -~middotC~- mio1-]olt ~
f tmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot-~--~middot-~~k~~- =- k~t~~~~middot -~-~~-
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
PLATE ) PA6E3 r
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
bull b0
~
A t ~ ~ 0 0 ~
l I
lltllll
11111111 11I1111I
11111111
11111111
rio N
~ ~
-ltgt
C Sunampet Buc~
ltgt
C
~ 0 ~
C
~f
-amp
PLATEG PAGE 36
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
I~rrt 0
f v y shy --gtQ Illgt or
Gbullbull_
L Jo~
r i ~~Nil~vH~g1~Q~~~
~ ~_ GRlN
u~cll
~ ~I Jon2
ltOW
gt
SAN PEDRO ~ laquo 3(1(1(1
_iii 7
i ~IIfHe
AVAlON
--
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
-
FiiJM9RE ~
lyftl~ ellAlil
lOS GLtsdWRaANI( COMMUNJCATION fIttQUE~Cpoundli
loo A~I c U14 Ilu IllS ~(ll 4 IUS j2$bull
pt_cltd T~ (dC111
Lu ~l~ JI~b u1 ah InA lOll l19 InT tlll III ~
c ~ ~ gt I bull -amp
UU lMI
uO~( U~O
~
l bull ~
All Iocldrllr pwfftl cmnollr ltd 0lt
ono Wdlltl of lthron aNgt fft~rJ e deo(y porltoy m -0 polle
It h
8 PASE18
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS Loll AlamtOil
lOS AlAMITOS-SAN PlPR(I Vo iJpoundPIliTUlF- CONY I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GRootlI CONTROL3~24 DEPARTURE COITROL 124212623~82 TOWER 33943402 - CE1lTER (LAX) 12593118
o
CLElPJNCI AlID DEPAlTURE ROUTE DESCRIPTION ATC Clears To VIA________
Climb to and maintain (Fit levelAltOGOT) Los Uamitos3an Yedr-oVott--- DEPARTURE - CotV 1 Take off RWY 41 jR 221 22R
Climb on Long Beach 1l0RTAC 210 radial to San Pedro Intersection Cross San Pedro at (altitude) (minillrum2500)
lo5 AtAMITOSmiddot5IW DEMO VOI2 )FPlDVIU - CQNV I EFFErTIVli DAT~-f~o
Pt1TE() P]GE~ 9
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
15 l~os ~lcmitos lo~ AlAMITOS - 54N PPRO L F f)EPARTURE - CONI I
GROUND CONTlOL 352L TOoER 33943402
Ficlp EUVTNf 35 r-I Fu~ MUI r AAY _(iliA ON Y
= PFAlCe tfFtPIffV(J CtfcWIAI plereay 17amp
6U(IMff ARc AlMNltnc MIUM AIII $tIIltmiddotAl
as GFUj IUJAI t ltII( _ _
CLJ1JililC_ mJ lt --- i10Ul= -f cC~Il Ie ~-rc Gleers to 7ia---------- ------------- shyGliJnb to and mBintcin Los Alami tos-San ledr--o~LlI----- d_ ff ~ I L I 221laKe 0 -lt- ~~1middotry lj 111 _ 22]
CILb southmiddotsctbou-1d 01 Lon 3eccl ~7~ Southcst course to San PedrQ In~~crsectiorbull ~ocs ~an ~ edro ct f Itmiddot t d ( 5rna l U CI 11lnl1ttl ~ VI
Lo~ ALIIMITOs- 5IAI PEOtlo iF DEPAtlTUtlfi - COAIV I -- ~GIV L 7~ 1-1966
PLATE ~ PAGE 4 0
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
tfAS Los nlardtos lOS tlt-AliCSmiddot OCHNSIDE VQI2 DEPAQTUlltpound - JET I
FltSQUEHCIES (Long Beach) nOlND ColTROL 352h DEP)3TURE CONTROL 124212623382 TOw~ 33943hO2 CENTER (LAX) 1208269h3520
LOHHGpoundUS VOR ItHIU 7
10-ampG Bpoundu~~AG 1157 =CHI
INU~IT AT IlIl r) (IIViWJJt4 OOO) ____ )I(
CttflSS 7 AI illrtTIINm)7 A_r = PIN Teurot ~qvilNY CNANtIr
WIIM DJ~n1poundD8r liTe
IUAIUN($ lAamp MA~NpoundPC srF ~ $1 IN1fIr MIJpoundAlaquo~ All lVAvrCAl HI ALT tN
GLEAiiNGi ~V JUAlTURE ROUT mSCRIPTION A~C Clears To Via-----shyClicb to and rl~intain--___( Fit levelAt)lJcbT) Los llanitos-Oceanside VOR liFAr1TFRr - rT 1 Take off RWJ tiL I 4R 22t I 22R
Climb On Long 3eaoh VORTAC 210 radial to intercept and proceed inbound via OccanGide ORTAG 275 radial to Oce~~side Intercept Oceanside 275 radial at (altitude) (minimum Looo) Cress Oceanside V~1TAC at (altitude flight level)
LOS AL A-M ITO) OCEA-l)IOt VOR NPAtltTURpound - Jtl iiFFFJJTIn JATI4-a-Go
eamprEl
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
nAS Los
Lo AlAMITJjmiddot OCEIINJI(Jr TACAN DpoundPIIIlTUREmiddot JET I FREQUENCIES (Long Beach)
GROUND CONTROL 3524 DEPARTURE CO1ITROL l242J2623382 TOJER 33943402 CENTER (LAX) l2082691J3520
=DINer FIEf Cfil WIIIADIttTtD 41 ATt
lJ~AJrIMS IIIU MAt$Npoundt Mnus NAVrICAL
CLEu1AlCE AJID DEPARTURE ROUTE DESCRIPIIO ATe Clears To VIA________
C1iiiib to and maintain (fit leve1jA1tVCOT) Los Alamtos-Oceanside TOOj DEPARTURE - JJ1J 1 ~~e Oft ~ liL~llRt~flgililbOnong ~aohV TAG 194 riidill1 to Intercept
and proceed inbound Via Oceanside VORTAC 2~ radial to Cceanside Cross Long Beach 22 mile mbT fix at (altitude) (rrinimm 4 COO) Gross Oceanside 36 mile DHET fix at (altitude)(mirJUnum 4000) Cross Oceanside VOUTAC at (cltitudeflight level)
Los J1LAMiTtJ5-0CElNnDC TKAA OERlJPTIIRE- JET I EfFIiCTIVE DATELampI~
nl A r W f 1
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
LOS AIiAMIfOS SAN PEDRO TACAN CONVEJlTI(J(AL 1 PlATE 13 PAGEi~3
NOT YET OPERATIOWAL
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
LOS AIAMIJ)OS 0700 CONVENTIONAL 1 P~TE 14 PAGE 44
NO YET OPERATIONAL
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
bull
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
3791 3382 3578 1262
0s DIO I -bullbull L 332 LAX _
~Pd~ 1 N 373
~
CQMult nIP EMJlIIit fot Itfllt 1IOIm11011
NOTE
wahin 10 NM bull -1~
1500---shy ~
MISSED APyenROACHt 17 NM oltlt lB ao turn tk climbing to 2500 or
on top intwmpt Npound (IS of Rftl then p~d to SAN PEDRO lNTXN
via SW cr ~2A j --l-OO-OlOS()~
6IBIL t7NMrt
from La Ang
LONG BEACH C
s DECEMBER 1960 LOS ALAMITOS NAS I
DTE15 PA6I4 5
left ptocdure turn ~
imiddot
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
I APPROACH 1 ----shy --~
l 823
I7c IN ALT -
7000 I
1- MIN All---]5000
Lft
ALmiddot953middotVOR
-MISSSO iAppaOACH middot-left turn middotclihg tjjasOO ou
radial 2 J0 to ~IAIH rftt)RO tfrffXN bullbull bullbull ~ btl rc 2S00
LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
JliOll~lA~roS ANAS
VOITAC
5 DECEMBER 1980
~ E ()PLAn i~ shy
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
LOS ALAMITOS NAS
INST LONG IUCH APP CON 379133822578 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 339 302 14127 379 I
RADAR AVAILABU
f ~ pound() ( l I_ -4 ~_
i
PAl -shy r
1080
NOTE= Th primary Intrumnt 659 approach procdur i PAR
NOTE Information hown b bull OIId 20 N M circlmiddotnot to Kal
tgt~
iLlltC ~~
I I
z P~~~on A80 bull middotmiddotmiddotI 2000ISSED APPROACH
bullbull 17 N M ahr RNG climb to bullbullbullbullbull ~~ ON TOP on 048
0 min alt
2800 within 15 N M
bullbullbullbull bull0282 ~
1
Control
~o r-J ~~12 ~Q Q
301
~ 8lt1
1480
A
N
shy
EMERG SAFE All 100 N M MIN SAfE ALl 25 NM 7000
MINIMA
TlIIMINAL AREA JAl-953-RNG LOS ALAMITOS NAS
PLATE 1 7 PAGE 4 7
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
middot149- LOS ALAMfTOS NAS
INST APCH PRO (USN) LONG leACH APP CON NOUI hOImatlon bow b1tyond379133122578 1262 20 HM dr~cImiddotnot to $COlbull
339 34()2 14214 WAVY ALAIIITOS TowEl 14214 319 IADAiI AVAllAIlI
i JLUAt
o 13 i
NM 7000
$tort right pltMttotiott hllll ot 1000 cornplt obova
htitied ~atlOtiOf1 119M tum b~J~ 20000 to ON TOP
within 10 H bull within 18 HM ~ bullbullbullbullbullbull
MINIMA
bull bU
p~48P1A1E18
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
bullbullbullbullbull
MIKIMA
LOS A AMITOS NAS
NO tnfomtOtlOlllown lMyond HACH PP CON 371 33a2 2518 126 2(t NM circlmiddotnot 0 tlaquoJ1 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWn 3394 30~
127 319 IADAR AVAilABLE
LAKE H~-IE5 I_lj i itgt
llORE- ro CrJ
OX-NAft lOfl ) OX)
EMERG SAFE AlT 100 N M I
Initial penetration
20000 MISSED APPROACH If odor control MIt
utoblished o r -LG8 VORT AC turn right dimbin9bull
to 3000 QUi radial J71 - 111 Ie Albacor Inbn or middot350 bullbull bull ~ 01 directed by ATC
Cortlac-f Rndor
tlmltDhtucamp FlCility to Mlllltlf ApproacD
LOll ALAMITOS NAS-ISOshy
PlATE19
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
bull bull
LOS ALAMTOS lASmiddot151middot ~ST APCH PRO (USN)
lAlmiddot53-TACAN LOS ALAMITOS HAS middot15tmiddot
LONG BEACH APP CON 31913382 2i7a 1262 NAVY ALAMITOS TOWER 3394 34(t1 14274
9RAOAR AVAliABlpound
MINIMA
bullbullbullbullbull
1
OY~r lG8 VORl At tlgtr 91 limbilg
ta 3000 or tI$
onigned Clul fodiQI 171 fo 12 NM fill
or Ol (rttd bv ATe
~ 1080
lformallo howft b-vcld bullbull NM 1 bull _l
MIN ~SAFE All
_v~_
i
PAGE) 0HCATE2 0
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
z a
u taJbull tshyo yen tshy11J
~ laquo+
0- u
~ lL )
~ tshylaquo 0
()
Igt
FLATE 2 1 PAGE5 r
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
GCA eASC EMERGENCVHEUCOPTER P~T1ERN
I I 400 1 ~J-
t 1
650 2 MI
1
__ __-- ~o- 3 TO ~ Yz MI__ -- __
3100
PLATE 22 PAGE 52
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
w Z cshyo III Z 1- Z Ishy
-I q ~ +
h ~
LIJ jota if () t~ Z ~~I
Z iH ja Hi
3
i~
+
l J ~
+ N
t ~~
+ 1 -t
PLATE 2 3 PAGE 5 3
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
l
) )
fulnrHlsl 150 1 1471 14amp1 44 4514t141 14OillIliI38I14III161UaUI14Ialule 1201 bullbull i ~1514T13111IIIIO
TARGET TOW ORDNANCE -
- -f it ~I
i ~
-1 ~
~i I I
reg
lt
C ~
r co
Ii
bullbullClo z
AND DEARMING AREA L ___
TI
(i) q 1V j
111 AONO
bull 8 __ M 1tDD lo
bull c== -- - _
__ nn
Y
z
-bullbull$iI z bullbullbull oJ
middotmiddotell z
DEARMING t--AREA
--~bullbull~~=--
+4-)
02 IIOK
- lt- --IIIIIII bullbullbullbullbull_
IEiI5I 0__co e _to
~ ~- _
ASTl1I bullbull0111 ITAT_OII DlVllOlIIPlT PUII
R~ m HGTO~
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
R
ORANGE COUNTY I
I
PLATE 25 PA6E55
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
CHAPlER m AIRCIWT CHASH AND RESCUE
7011 NAS Lo~ lluitoll Inlltruction 37302D Subjs Craeh and I1eecue Bill inc1udin3 Pre-Accident Plan
70]2 NAS LOll Alaaitoe Inlltruction 3130lA Subj Search and I1ellCue Bill
7013 NAS LOll llllllitoll Inetruction lll35lA Subj Aircraft Crash Sa1vage Bill
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIlORNIA
NU6jJ0hh 16 MAR 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 373020
Flaa C_-min Otticer To Distribution Lit
Subj Crash and Rescue Bill Including Pre-Accident Plan
Bet OPNAV INSTRUCTION 375060 of 11 Junemiddot1959~~ U S NaVY Public Infomation Manual NAVEXOS P-1035 (c) NAS INSTRUCTION 572ClA
lincl (1) Field Diagram Depicting Emergency Equipment Polli~
(2) Public Inforution Annooc
1 ~ose To establish basic responsibilities and requirements to assis III the carrying out ot an orderly prooedure in the event ot an aircraft accident or aircraft emergency involving this station
2 Cancellation NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C is hereby cancelled and superseded
3 How to r~ort a orash
a By tower Tower activates crash siren and reports details over the prilIary orash phone lIyl5teJI
b By persons on the lltation Dial 222 on any tation phone and reshy~ detail to the tower
c By perllOns otf the IItation Call GEneva 1-1331 ooctension 222 ana report the details to the tower duty controlaan
4 Exp1anation ot PriItarx Crash Phone Sptl
a The priaary orallh IIYllteJI consillts of eight phonell hooked toshy gether on a cammon party line Two (2) of thesephonee one in the Operashytions OfficerlI office and one in the tower are control phones and are the only tationl capable of activating the lYltem This is done by lifting the receiver and prelling the button located on the control phone
b The two (2) control stations have a visual indication by a light panel that the other station phones have anlWered therefore the person answering the crash phone willmake no voice report but will standby for intorution
c Location of Primary Crash Phones
(1) Control station l - Tower (2) Control Station 112 - Operations Officer
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS DIS 37302D 16 MAR 1961
(3) Station 1 - Aircraft Maintenance Officer (4) station 2 - structuree Office Hangar 2 (5) Station 3 - Officer of the Day (6) Station 114 - Medical (7) Station 5 - Fire Station (8) Station 86 - GeA Trailer
d The PrilIIary Creh Phone Syetem will be tested dailr at 0800 The TOlfer (Control Station 1) will initiate the test Each etation on the circuit will lift the receiver and wait on the line until told to secure
5 Secondary Crash Phones The station administrative phones will be utilizeaiiii secondary Crash Phone SysteJII
6 Pre-accident Plan (Action to be taken when the eJIIergency alana is sounded signfjirig an aircraft in distress)
a The control tower operator will
(1) Convey by radio the exact information to the orash-fire fighting and rescue crew and the crash ambulanoe personnel as to the nature of the eaergenoy looation of airoraft and the intentions of the pilot then keeping theJII adviled of status of eJI1ergencybull
(2) S1multaneoul with alana inform the Operations Offioer of the nature of the emergenoy
(3) Not~ all traffio on the field and in the air of the emergenoy and 0105e the field The field will remain olosed until otherwi5e 4ireoted QY the OperationI Duty Oftioer
(4) Direot aircraft middotto maintain radio silenoe unless oalled or an eJIIerenoy arise
b The Qperaiione Offioer will
(1) Alert and oontrol the movement of all personnel and equipshyment on the field
(2) Aesume over-all military oontrol over all fire fightinc and relOUe personnel and equipment
(3) Insure readineee of additional personnel andor equipshyment al may be required
o The Operation Duty Offioer will
(1) Prooeed immediately in the radio-equipped operations orash vehiole to a position on taxiway fJO between the dual runways (PositionIt on Enolosure 1) and by authority of the Operations Offioer insure that all eJIIergency equipment and personnel are in all respeots prepared for
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
atrT eventuality In caee 1Ul1WlIJ (4) ill in ulle the 000 will take po- litton on the EatstWetst taxilfay between the dual runwayts (Position 3 on Enclosure 1)
(2) Alleuae ailitarr control onthe airfield proper =lets5 or until relieved
(3) A~euae duties a~5igned in Paraeraph 6b in the ab~ence of the Operations Officer
d The Station lIire Chief wilJ AS51lIIIe technical control of all fire fighting and rescue equipment and per5onnel
e The Craehrire and Rescue Crew willa
(1) Immediately man their a~~igned equipment and tstandby the radio for in~tructionts trOll the Fire Chief
(2) Bepropei~r clOtbedallq iualluuapects prepared for the fire fighting and reecue work
r Medical Per~onrel will
(1) Proce illImediately to the balle of the control tower (PoshyIition fl on Encloure 1) and standby for information andor instruction trca the Operation Duty Officer
(2) Be prepared to render medical aid to peronnel involved
- I The Duty Photocrapher will Proceed to Operations (Poeition 11 on Encloeure 1) and report to the Operatione Officer andor Aviation SafetY Otticer for inetructimts
h The Maeter at ArIu will Proceed the eoe ats the DutY Photo- Ilapher above
i The Officer or the Day wilH (1) Remain at hie poet in the AdlIiinitstrative Buildinlaquo
(2) Dispatch the Muter at ArIu to Operatione
(3) Notify the Aviation Sarety Officer of the emergencY
(4) NotifY Photographic pereonnel of the emerampencY
(5) Keep the C~ding Orficer and the Executive Officer inshyrOrEed ats information i received
j The Crah Salvae Crew will
(1) IIImediately post telephone watch who will 5tandby ror
-3shy
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
MAS INS 373o2D 16 MAR 1961
inflttrlllltt~Itij frOIl the Operations Duty Officer The telephone watch lill ~et as eonnunieationl coordinator between the Operationl Duty Ofticer and the cralh Ialvale crew
(2) iltcept tllr the tlllephone watch the cralh slvale crew will ~ster at their equipment and standby until inltructionl are reM ort-fon thll Operation Duty Otticer C1r until secured trom the _rlency
(3) Be prepared to alist and advise the crash tire tilhtinc crew when directed by the Operations Duty Otticer or other competent authority
k The Aircraft Maintenance otticer 1I1lU Inllure that sufficient qualified perllonnel are tmediately available to an the crash Ialvage equipment and ettectively carry out any crash salvage alligmaent
7 Action to be taken in the event ot a plane crash on or near the field t
a The QQIlvQ] T_t- Operator will
(1) Sound Crash Alarl and convey exact information to crash tirll ti$ting and reecue creWllland the clNlsh lUllbuJance perlonnel al to qleemaa ~ tM 1Cc1dent ~eep1ng theJII advised ot Itatus together with pertinent details
(2) Slmultaneoully with alarm notity the Operatioru Otficer ot the crash loeation
(3) Announce location ot the cralh over the loudepeaker in HanM
(4) NGtitr all traffic on the field and in the air ot the cralh or eJIIerleney and close the field Field will reJllampin cloled until othershyllise directed by the Operations Officer For cralh ott etation close field llItil adequate replaceaent ot eaerlency equipaent take position on the field
(5) Direct aircraft to lUintain radio silence unles called or it eJIIerlenc7 landing ill necelary
b The Operation8 Officer will
(1) Alert and control the llIoveaent ot all personnel and equi~ Bnt ot the cralh
(2) Take charge ()(1lltary Control) over all rescue and tire fighting operation with primary emphais on rescuing personnel
(3) Facilitate the dilpatch ot additional perlonne1 andor equi~ lent as needed
-4shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
~
c The Operation~ Duty Officer will (1) Proceed immediately to the scene of the cra~h
(2) AS51JlIIe military control o ill cra~h tire fighting and re~cue operation unless or until relieved by higher authority
(3) Assume duties as assigned in pararaph 7b in the abshysllnce of the Operations Officer
d The Crash Fire and Rescue Crew will Proceed immediately to the scene o the crash The Fire Chief will direct (Technical Conshytrol) crash tire fighting operations under the over-ill supervision of the Operations Duty Officer
e The Medical Personnel will Depart for the scene of the acshycident in the aabulance immediately upon notiication and render aid to personnel involved
The Duty Photographer will Proceed to the scene of the crash and report to the Operations Duty Oficer andor the Aviation Satety Officer
g The Aircrart Maintenance Oicer will
(1) Dispatch crane and salvage equiplllent to scene or crash
(2) Direct all salvace operations when notiiei by the Operashytions Oicer or the Aviation Satety Oficer that rescue onerations photocraphic c0Verace and preliainary investigation by the Aircratt Accident Board have been copleted
h The Officer o the Day will
(1) Ryain at post in the Adlllinistration Buildinr
(2) Dispatch Naster-at-Arml to raJIp in tront of Operations for urther instructions by qualified Operations Department per~onnel
(3) Notity the Aviation satety Officer the location of the crash or emergency_
(4) Notity Photographic personnel of the crash and its 10shycation
(5) Log ill information concerning the crash as it is received
(6) Keep the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer inshytoraed as intormation is received
-5shy
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS INST 37302D 16 MAR 1961
i The Master-at-Arms will Provide security as directed by the Operations Officer or hi representative until salvage has been comshypleted or until properly relieved
8 Off station Crah
a When a crash ill reported away trOllt the field the followinC intoraation will be obtained by the person receiving the report it possible
(1) Location of Crash
(a) Geographic location (street towns etc)
(b) Bearing and distance from some known fix
(c) Grid location (NAS Crash Grid)
(d) Latitude and Longtitude
b Vehicle
(1) Within II 15 mile area all on IItation crash procedures will be followed terrain pelllitting
(2) If beyond the 15 mile area only crash equipment dellignated by the Operationll Duty Officer will proceed to the scene
(3) ~dical perllonnel will proceed to the scene of the crash by helicopter with a follow-up team arriving by _bulance
c Securit~ Will be furnished by Idlitary andor local etate police If nno~os5ional security is not available civilian~ i~- be lj C1 bull
d ldrcraft Accident BoaraWill proceed to the scene of the crsllh and carr out the invesUatiorl procedures as outlined in the Aircraft Investigators ~book and OPNAV Intruction 37506D
9 leport
a Mesa~e reports will be made to CNO and Aviation Satety Center within four (4) hours in accordance with Section c Para 25 of OPNAV Instruction 37506D i
b Casualty report will be initiated ey the LegaLOif1c~r in accordance with existing instructions in BUPERS Manual or Marine Corps Manual u applicable
c Message report on aircraft incident flight hazard and ground accident in accordance with OFNAV Instruction 375060
d Medical Officers report in accordance with OPNAV Instruction 37506D
-6shy
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
10 Additional Res onsibil1ties of the erations Officer in case of a Cras a Sea
a llutediatel7 alert the following activltiea viamberphone or by telephone and request aesitance
(1) Coaet OUard Headquarters Long Beach HEMlock 7-2941
(2) HudltonFB San Rafael California 4thkir loree lIeeshycue CoordlCenter TUoker 3-7711 Ert 2525middot
(3) NAS San Dieo~ Campl1forn1a HEmlock 5-6611
(4) Coast Guard AirSea Reecue Unit San Diego California CYpresl 5-3121
b Accurately determine whether recovery of sunken aircraft is feasible and if eo request flight eervice line and dispatch follow Up aesitance frOlll COMELEVEN
11 QPeration Officer
a Provide training to insure readinesI of the crash recue and fire fighting crewe He ehall upervise the Chief of the Fire Departshy_t in the training of person1el assigned to both the structural fire and crash reecue and fire fighting creml
b Order and maintain adequate quantities of spare parts for vehicles and supplie euch as fO C02 etc for actual fire fightshying and training purpole
c Provlde the follOlling equiplllel1t and peronnel during all flight operatione
(1) 1 B-l on the field Mly )lanned at the welt crash shack (Poeition 14 on Enclolure 1)
(2) 1 MB-5 etand1ng by at the station fire house tully manshyned
d During all jet aircraft operation the following equipaent will be provlded
(1) 1 MB-l on the field tully manned at the west crash shack (Position 14 on Encloeure 1)
(2) 1 Mll-5 on the field tully manned at the eaR crash shack (Position 15 on Enclolure 1)
(3) 1 MB-5 tanding by at the fire houe manned by personnel not previousl1 engaged
-7shy
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS INBr 37302D 16 MAR 1961
12 Publio Works ottioer will be ReS~OnSible for Ineuring by freshyquent iliepeotioDs the meohanioiil rea iness of the fire fighting md orash equipent and vehicles
13 The Medioal Officer will be Reeponsible for Ineuring the readi- ess of an apJUpriate ambUiance orew during ill flight operatione
14 Public Intoraation Annex
a Enclosure (2) is eaip to aelure the intelligent and efficient coordination of news of thi stations aircraft accidents for release to the civilim news aedia
b Reference (b) provides that release of all unclalliied news orirtnatinc roa this activity ie mandatory Attention is invited to reference (0) which direots that all reports to civilian news aedia be made through the Command Liaison Officer
Dietr1bution Lilt All station Departaents md Divisione All Pay TInits
Copy to CNAREBrRA (2) MAIm)
V5-23 VS-37 V8-25 VS-35 CVSG55CVSG 57
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
I I
I I I
II
==-=--J
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
PIlBLIC INJORMATION ANNEX
TO
NAS LOS AlAMITOS CRASH AND RESGU BILL
1 ipound0se Since the Command Liaison Officer has the responshyibil Y of lIIaking all newe releaees originating within thie COllUm it iII lJlperative that all intolllUltion concerning lIieeshyinc overdue or craehed aircraft be made available immediately It 1e direeted that the Operatione Departaent and all cther eoCshynizant partiee intolll the COIIIUnd LUiMIl Ofiice illlmediately in the eVltnt of euch occunftce and keepU advised 01 all developshyents tor the duration ot the eMercency Pleaee note that reshyports are required not only ter ujor aCCident but tor any such occurrence Which miCht come to the attention ot the public
2 Action The COJImaM L1aieon Otficer will Deed the tollowinC intOlllation to eftectively eerviee intereeted medias
a Location ot crash b TiJle ot crash or time ot diBcGVery c Model or aircraft d Nmelbt personnel involved ifknown e Condition of personnel f status of search and rescue operations g All pOllsible additional IIIllplifying data including terrain
involved extent ot fire if any invasion ot the public domain other aircratt involved description ot eye witnelJses etc
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMnOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NAl6l0hh 15 ~ 1961
NAS INSTRUCTION 31301A
From r COIIIm2nding Officer To Distribution List
Bubj Search and Rescue Bill
Ref (a) Searoh and Resoue Agreement between COmMander Western Area (u S Coast Guard) COIIIlIWlder FOllrth Air Force an Csshynder Western Se Frontier dated 4 FEB 1957
(b) Search and Reloue Agreoent between COJIlIIander Western Area (U S Coast Guard) and COlIIIIWlder in Chief Pacifio Jleet dated 8 JAN 1957
(a) NWP 37 Searoh and Rescue
Enol (1) iJ S Coast Guard Grid 5ylto
1 iUyen0se This bill ie to outline Standard Search Relloue and Alertine proc urell and to attain maximum coordination and utilization of those ail shyitar~middot and oivil agencies who mutually assist or actively partioipate in Search and Rellcue Missions Within the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Diltrictl and Maritilne Areas whioh include the greater portion of the NAS Los Alashymitos local operating area
2 Canoellation NAB Instruction 31301 is hereby cancelled and superseshyded
3 Areas of Responsibility
a In acoordance with reterencelS () and (b) the ColllYndant Eleventh Coast Guard District is delegated the primary re$ponsibility as Search and Resaue Coordinator of the 11th Naval and Coast Guard Districts and MarishytiJne Areas
b The Naval Air Station Los Allllllitoll ill available ae a participatine arene under- the ooerll1natia r the CltIIIIiIlaHer~ neftaill Clan Gurd Disshytrict
c The Operationll Duty Offiaer is designated as Search and Resoue Coshyordinator for local eearchee
d The Operations attice $paces are alaipei ae the COOrdination Censhyter for all 10oa1 searches
4 Reeoue Operating Procedures
a Any intomation received in regard to a distrells or possible disshytrees involving an aircraft surfaoe Vlllse1 or sub-surface vessel will iIIlIIediate1y be relayed to the Operations Duty Officer NAS Loll Allllllitoe (llxt 281) who will notify the Search and ltescue Coordinator U B Coast
bull
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS INST 3lJOlA 15 MAR 1961
Guard Lon Beach (Phone HlIlmlock 729U) Dietl-ess in thil cee includell aircrllt in the tollowing categories
(1) Any aircraft wholle position is eo doubtttil all to give rise to doubt as to its ellety
(2) Any aircratt llhich hal actually lIIade a torced landinamp or is about to do 110
(3) Any aircrllt wholle operatinc etticiencyen hampll been ilIIpaired to the extent that a torced landing ayen be necellsarr
(4) Any cmmue cr unreported a1Toratt ampII delelJlineci by the cir shyc~~t wb8ft P9ssiblebull 8Ubjec~ 0 o~iaa Dt ~e ~a~ amprene amp1rcrllt are coneiciered overdue when
(a) The aircratt on a point-to-pcint tlicht plan tails to arrive at ite propoeeci deetination whithin Ilut (60) lllinutee ot ite el tiaated tiae ot arrival
(b) The aircraft on a local niht plan which exceeds itl ETA Iixty (60) Minutes
bull 5 ReIlCUl Coordination Center
a When intorlllation ot a dietrees incident is received by the Rellcue Coordination Center U17 or all ot the tollowing step will be taken deshypending on the meting circumstances and the nature ot the diltrels
(1) nert priury Search and Recue activitie and aseign search areae and recUe millione
(2) In the caee ot unreported or overdue aircratt to requelt the FAA and 1light Service eutionll to conduct field check at all fieldll under their cogniZlUlCe where the aircratt may have ilau an unreported landing
(3) Alert Um-DJ net
(4) Alert VHFDl net
(5) Alert HFDF net
(6) Adville the controlling agency ot the dilltrees aircratt or vesel a to the nature ot the di5trese~ action being taken and other pertinent intoraation available
(7) Auament priaarr eearch and rellcue tacilitiell with additional secondarr search and reecue tacilities ae anilabilit peZllitll and ciroulllatances dictate
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
HAS INST 3130lA 15 MAR 1961
(8) Coordinate the orderly assignment or search areas to airshycraft engaged in the Search a~ Rescue Mission with due regard to existshying weather nature o~ terrain and range or endurance capabilities o~ the aircraft involved
(9) Request the organization and direct the aseicnaent o~ land lIearch aM rescue partiell all circUIlstances warrant
(10) Alert and requellt assietance ~a U S Forestry Service and State Highway Patrol as the nature o~ distresll aay warrant
(11) Advise all participating activities includin the controllshying agency o~ the distressed aircr~ when the Search and Rescue Mission ill lIuccelletully cOlllpleted or reGOlIlI1Iend the diecontinuance ~ further search when the scope o~ operation and other ~ormation available indishycatsll that ruther search e~~ort would serve no use~ purposes
6 Action by Search and Reecue Units bull a Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rescue Mission as allsigned by
the Search and Rescue Coordinator U S Coast Quard Long Beach shill be guided by instructione received ~oa the Rescue Coordination Center Rell1lltll o~ all d1strellll incidente inveetigated by aircraft or land lIearch partiee engaged in the Search and Reecue Miseion ehould be reportshyedprOMPtly to the Reecue Coordination Center by the most expeditioue caamunication faCility available Thie report should include
(1) Accurate location of the distress aircraft by latitude and longtitude andor by bearing and distance from the nearest known geograshyphical fix Additional inforlGtion such as nearby roade rivers lake and Blountain peake should be included
(2) Condition of the distreee aircraft whether there are a~ vieible eurvivors other aircraft on or near the scene of distress and if actual reecue is effeeted the names and condition of survivors
(3) In addition activitiee engaged in the Search and Rescue Mieeion shall adviee the Reecue Coordination center at the cOJllpetion of each days search the following
(a) Result of dayls search
(b) Area thoroughJy searched during the day
(c) Portione of assigned search not covered and the reason
(d) Availability of aircraft for search IIission the followshying day
(e) Time on s~ion in drcraft hours
-3shy
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS niSI 3130ll 15 MAR 1901
b Aircraft engaged in a Search and Rel5cue Mi~lion as assigned by the Search and Re~cue Coordinator LOI Alamito~ ehall be guided bW the NA LOI Alam1tol Local Search Plan
7 NAS LOI Alami toe Local Search Plan
a The NAS Lo Alandtol Local Search Plan will be in accordance with the procedures outlined in reference (c)
b Due to the wide variety of Iearch probleme which can be enshycountered definite eearch alsignmente will be determined from pattern requireJllentl bull
c The U S cout Guard Grid Systea enclosure (1) will be uti shylized for aesicnment of earch Iectore
d Reeponsibilities for the implementation of a local Iearch are as follows
(1) The Search and Rescue Coordinator ehall
(a) Baeed upon information received decide upon the type extent and area of the search
(b) Dispatch imrIediately to the scene an IlSS type heli shycopter andor suitable 11gh aircraft equipped with lM radio equipment
(0) Assign Iearchareae and ~earch plane
(d) Assign communication frequenciee
(e) Brief the pilots aesigned to the mission
(f) AIlsure hUlself that full oontrol of the search il llIIdnshytained in the Coordination Center until the search il completed or disshycontinued
(2) The Traininc Officer or hi repreeentative ehall assicn pilots for the ~eareh ae the fteeis ~ictate
0) The Maintenance Officer or hil reprellentative shall allllicn aircraft in nUMber and type as the needs dictate
(4) The COlIIJIlunications Officer shall provide personnel for a listeninC watch of allsigned comnunicatione requenciee ae needed
8 Reports
a At the completion of their aleigned mission the pilot will ~ make their report to tbe Search and Rescue Coordinator giving information
-4shy
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
NAS mST 3l30lA 15 MAR 1961
as listed 1n parlleraph oa
b he Search aM lescue Coord1nIItor shall repO ~irectq to the COIIIIIIampnding Officer either verball7 or 1n mt1nc 118 requested the results or the search
~ ~ucw-
Distribution Listl All station Departaents and Divisions bull All Pay Units
Copy to CNAltESrtA (2) CD W bullbulltern Area (USCG) (2) ClDlt 4th D (2) OCMWFSrSEA1RON (2) VS-)7 VS-2) HARTD VS2S VBmiddotS
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
) )
129 Slm DIJ1XO S2ClIONAL CHART (AIR s~ RSGU _~ hIlT)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
U S NAVAL AIR STATION LOS ALAMITOS LONG BEACH CALIFORNIA
NA168rrr 11 MAR 1961
NAg INSTRUCTION 111351A
From Commanding Officer To Distribution List
Subj Aircraft Crash Salvage Bill promulgation of
Ref (a) NAS INSTRUCTION 37302C
Encl (1) Aircraft Salvage Bill
1 Purpose To outline the duties and responsibilities of personnel assigned to perform aircraft salvage operations in accordance with reference (a)
2 Cancellation NAB INSTRUCTION 111351 is cancelled and superseded
3 Objective To have readily available an experienced aircraft salvage crew capable of conducting salvage operations in a rapid and efficient manshyner and to provide this crew with the necessary tools and equipment to effect salvage with a minimum of damage to the aircraft involved and without imposing undue hardship on the crew
4 Scope This salvage bill ia intended not only to cover actual salvage operations but to encompass the basic preparatory measures and operating procedures prior to the event of actual salvage In this connection no man assigned to the salvage crew will absent himself from his assigned station without the express permission of the Line Maintenance Duty Chief The Line Maintenance Detail from which the Salvage Crew is formed shall not normally be used to complete routine work which is the responsibility of the varioua shops or lines In the event of scheduled local night flying the Salvage Crew shall stay within the immediate vicinity of the salvage equipment No one will be allowed to go to the movie clubs hobby shops etc Flying during the period of duty is also prohibited
5 Responsibility
a It shall be the duty of the Shops Division Chief under the supershyvision of the Aircraft Maintenance Officer to conduct routine inspections of all salvage equipment and to insure that equipment is tested and inshyspected daily to be standing by in the event that aircraft salvage operashytions become necessary He shall take steps to insure that adequate tools and provisions including foul weather gear camping equipment and rations are readily available for use by salvage personnel who may be ordered to remote locations at other than normal hours
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
iii IE llllSll 11 MAR 1961
11 sL_pmlonM1uaigud to the Salp CNII will be 81itie4 in the _11 at-8Alup operationa 1UI4 eIluipMd Tbe7 will aleC ba q-llfitd -taariamptu-UlUtng iUuaed ~n~~ be A1rlaquorfttI Mitintaanoe Offii or hill bullbullthori_ reprebullbull1IaUe ball _intain middottraiJlinr prC to iIIa11t-e Salp Crwpml_l are 0 q1llll1fi
I O lJricltlr the d1N0~ ot thel1rorett inwllamplloe Omoer the IIlOPI Jtlrleioa ClI1et who i ~ oharp t the Sal CreIr ball iet an4 a4rlee the 11 fiNfiptinr orpaisatioa about entrT into the airoramptt plao_t 01 twtl l1ue tol tub tteri lIfito_ an4 appz iiIldat poeitioa ot bull pell_l in the _heel droramptt It amp1p lIluint ie tampoilltat h re01I8 ampad h fiNtiptinr be hould re~ it _eIIDt an4 use at the _e ot the aoddent When the tatloa ldatiOD SateV Ottioer or hill uthori repreentative gie permiaeioa wreolap IbalJ be lUIWe4 in uolllldanoe with ailting regulatiOM
d be MlIIitiOM bull io duti ot the amp1p ONII are outline in _1Cl11UN (1)
6 Min in Jeprd to 11roramptt Salw kperilnce in amp1p operations 1I4ioatll that each amp1p OperatiOD hould be sOIIidered intividuJln the _th04 IUI4 route or approaob to the a1roramptt houlll be carefIiUr ~e4 in ora to 1n1 tluage to poblic or prite properly in ptting the amp1p lIluiut to the looation ot the wreck or dalapll 1roratt fIl MlIIiUOI1iIIr of the amp1 p equipaent in relation to the a1roramptt hould be oaNfliUr oOMidere4 when 1ISinr bo1ltiq or pglling equiplllDt in ord aot to a~ tree whioh wnl further dalap the a1roraft Manr buty 1Jal operatiOM have resulte4 in trike tluap to a1rcrett whioh aowle4 OIlrll1nor tluap as a result ot the acc1dut
7 Ottt lGn SalpR In the event that otttat10a al 11 IlIcampI7 the JJreratt MlintenanOl omcer or hill al1tborized repiueBtat1vebullbullball detan pereennel and lIluiplllDt in accordanoe w1th the type eIluipllSnt to be elpIl
bull
bull
bull
bull
bull
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)
i
AIRCRAII SALVAGE BILL NAS lIST ID35U II MAR 1961
POOMOR DlllIlS
Petty Officer in Cbarge 1 lUIter Salvage Crev 2 Direct Salvage Crevs operations 3 Provide a phone standby
ampuipment Operator 1 Operate crene
Assistant ampuipment Operator 1 Assistl in salvage operations as directed
Sling MU1 1 Procure proper slings and cables frOIll the creeh looker Hmgar 2 2 Instells slings and cables on crashed aircraft
Assistant Sling MU1 1 Assistl sling 111M 2 Assists in salvage operations as directed
Electrician 1 Assists in salvage operations as directed 2 Checks aircraft battery disconnect 3 tm light truck
Technician 1 Assist in salvage operation as directed 2 Insures marlmnm security of classified radioradar gear
Ordnanceman 1 Assistl in salvage operations if aircraft is armed and when directed
Safety ampuipment MU1 1 De-laquorDIS ejection seats and canopies as required
lIi During hours of normal operation aircraft salvage operations will he performed by _intenanoe peraonnel from Hangar 2 since some of the MSJllhere of the Salvage Crev are assigsed to r8JIIOte areas (ie Jet Line S2P Line) and are not allfays aware of BnelDlilrgency In the evant that special rates are required the Shope Division Supervisor will notify personnel concerned by telephone
Enclosure (1)